[BACK]Return to tmux.1 CVS log [TXT][DIR] Up to [local] / src / usr.bin / tmux

Annotation of src/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1, Revision 1.902

1.902   ! nicm        1: .\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.901 2022/09/09 11:02:23 nicm Exp $
1.1       nicm        2: .\"
1.477     nicm        3: .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
1.1       nicm        4: .\"
                      5: .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
                      6: .\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
                      7: .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
                      8: .\"
                      9: .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
                     10: .\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                     11: .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
                     12: .\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
                     13: .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
                     14: .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
                     15: .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
                     16: .\"
1.902   ! nicm       17: .Dd $Mdocdate: September 9 2022 $
1.1       nicm       18: .Dt TMUX 1
                     19: .Os
                     20: .Sh NAME
                     21: .Nm tmux
1.6       jmc        22: .Nd terminal multiplexer
1.1       nicm       23: .Sh SYNOPSIS
                     24: .Nm tmux
                     25: .Bk -words
1.767     nicm       26: .Op Fl 2CDluvV
1.91      nicm       27: .Op Fl c Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm       28: .Op Fl f Ar file
                     29: .Op Fl L Ar socket-name
                     30: .Op Fl S Ar socket-path
1.744     nicm       31: .Op Fl T Ar features
1.1       nicm       32: .Op Ar command Op Ar flags
                     33: .Ek
                     34: .Sh DESCRIPTION
                     35: .Nm
1.59      jmc        36: is a terminal multiplexer:
                     37: it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
                     38: controlled from a single screen.
1.67      jmc        39: .Nm
                     40: may be detached from a screen
                     41: and continue running in the background,
                     42: then later reattached.
1.1       nicm       43: .Pp
1.60      nicm       44: When
                     45: .Nm
1.886     naddy      46: is started, it creates a new
1.60      nicm       47: .Em session
                     48: with a single
                     49: .Em window
                     50: and displays it on screen.
                     51: A status line at the bottom of the screen
                     52: shows information on the current session
                     53: and is used to enter interactive commands.
                     54: .Pp
                     55: A session is a single collection of
                     56: .Em pseudo terminals
                     57: under the management of
                     58: .Nm .
                     59: Each session has one or more
                     60: windows linked to it.
                     61: A window occupies the entire screen
                     62: and may be split into rectangular panes,
                     63: each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
                     64: (the
                     65: .Xr pty 4
                     66: manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
                     67: Any number of
                     68: .Nm
                     69: instances may connect to the same session,
                     70: and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
                     71: Once all sessions are killed,
                     72: .Nm
                     73: exits.
                     74: .Pp
1.64      nicm       75: Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
1.66      jmc        76: (such as
1.64      nicm       77: .Xr ssh 1
1.67      jmc        78: connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
1.64      nicm       79: .Ql C-b d
                     80: key strokes).
                     81: .Nm
                     82: may be reattached using:
                     83: .Pp
                     84: .Dl $ tmux attach
1.60      nicm       85: .Pp
1.64      nicm       86: In
                     87: .Nm ,
                     88: a session is displayed on screen by a
                     89: .Em client
                     90: and all sessions are managed by a single
                     91: .Em server .
                     92: The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
                     93: socket in
                     94: .Pa /tmp .
1.65      nicm       95: .Pp
1.1       nicm       96: The options are as follows:
                     97: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
                     98: .It Fl 2
                     99: Force
                    100: .Nm
                    101: to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
1.744     nicm      102: This is equivalent to
                    103: .Fl T Ar 256 .
1.345     nicm      104: .It Fl C
1.369     nicm      105: Start in control mode (see the
                    106: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                    107: section).
1.345     nicm      108: Given twice
                    109: .Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
                    110: disables echo.
1.91      nicm      111: .It Fl c Ar shell-command
                    112: Execute
                    113: .Ar shell-command
                    114: using the default shell.
                    115: If necessary, the
                    116: .Nm
                    117: server will be started to retrieve the
                    118: .Ic default-shell
                    119: option.
1.153     nicm      120: This option is for compatibility with
                    121: .Xr sh 1
                    122: when
                    123: .Nm
                    124: is used as a login shell.
1.767     nicm      125: .It Fl D
                    126: Do not start the
                    127: .Nm
                    128: server as a daemon.
                    129: This also turns the
                    130: .Ic exit-empty
                    131: option off.
                    132: With
                    133: .Fl D ,
                    134: .Ar command
                    135: may not be specified.
1.1       nicm      136: .It Fl f Ar file
                    137: Specify an alternative configuration file.
                    138: By default,
                    139: .Nm
1.26      nicm      140: loads the system configuration file from
                    141: .Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
                    142: if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
1.1       nicm      143: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
1.306     nicm      144: .Pp
1.1       nicm      145: The configuration file is a set of
                    146: .Nm
                    147: commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
1.306     nicm      148: .Nm
                    149: loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
                    150: The
                    151: .Ic source-file
                    152: command may be used to load a file later.
1.61      nicm      153: .Pp
                    154: .Nm
1.306     nicm      155: shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
                    156: session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
1.1       nicm      157: .It Fl L Ar socket-name
                    158: .Nm
                    159: stores the server socket in a directory under
1.455     nicm      160: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    161: or
1.208     nicm      162: .Pa /tmp
1.455     nicm      163: if it is unset.
1.355     nicm      164: The default socket is named
1.1       nicm      165: .Em default .
                    166: This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
                    167: independent
                    168: .Nm
                    169: servers to be run.
                    170: Unlike
                    171: .Fl S
1.789     nicm      172: a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
                    173: .Pa tmux-UID
                    174: under the directory given by
                    175: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    176: or in
                    177: .Pa /tmp .
                    178: The
                    179: .Pa tmux-UID
                    180: directory is created by
                    181: .Nm
                    182: and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
1.2       nicm      183: .Pp
                    184: If the socket is accidentally removed, the
1.6       jmc       185: .Dv SIGUSR1
1.2       nicm      186: signal may be sent to the
                    187: .Nm
1.422     nicm      188: server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
                    189: directories are missing).
1.166     sobrado   190: .It Fl l
                    191: Behave as a login shell.
                    192: This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
                    193: when using tmux as a login shell.
1.811     nicm      194: .It Fl N
                    195: Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
                    196: .Ic new-session
                    197: or
                    198: .Ic start-server ) .
1.1       nicm      199: .It Fl S Ar socket-path
                    200: Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
                    201: If
                    202: .Fl S
                    203: is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
                    204: .Fl L
                    205: flag is ignored.
                    206: .It Fl u
1.644     schwarze  207: Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
                    208: variable of
1.14      nicm      209: .Ev LC_ALL ,
1.644     schwarze  210: .Ev LC_CTYPE ,
                    211: or
1.2       nicm      212: .Ev LANG
1.644     schwarze  213: that is set does not contain
                    214: .Qq UTF-8
                    215: or
                    216: .Qq UTF8 .
1.744     nicm      217: .It Fl T Ar features
                    218: Set terminal features for the client.
                    219: This is a comma-separated list of features.
                    220: See the
                    221: .Ic terminal-features
                    222: option.
1.1       nicm      223: .It Fl v
                    224: Request verbose logging.
                    225: Log messages will be saved into
                    226: .Pa tmux-client-PID.log
                    227: and
                    228: .Pa tmux-server-PID.log
                    229: files in the current directory, where
                    230: .Em PID
1.6       jmc       231: is the PID of the server or client process.
1.558     nicm      232: If
                    233: .Fl v
                    234: is specified twice, an additional
                    235: .Pa tmux-out-PID.log
                    236: file is generated with a copy of everything
                    237: .Nm
                    238: writes to the terminal.
                    239: .Pp
                    240: The
                    241: .Dv SIGUSR2
                    242: signal may be sent to the
                    243: .Nm
                    244: server process to toggle logging between on (as if
                    245: .Fl v
                    246: was given) and off.
1.708     nicm      247: .It Fl V
                    248: Report the
                    249: .Nm
                    250: version.
1.1       nicm      251: .It Ar command Op Ar flags
                    252: This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
                    253: .Nm ,
1.6       jmc       254: as described in the following sections.
1.59      jmc       255: If no commands are specified, the
1.1       nicm      256: .Ic new-session
                    257: command is assumed.
1.57      jmc       258: .El
1.627     nicm      259: .Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
1.64      nicm      260: .Nm
                    261: may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
                    262: prefix key,
                    263: .Ql C-b
                    264: (Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
                    265: .Pp
1.172     nicm      266: The default command key bindings are:
1.64      nicm      267: .Pp
1.171     nicm      268: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
                    269: .It C-b
                    270: Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
                    271: .It C-o
                    272: Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
                    273: .It C-z
                    274: Suspend the
                    275: .Nm
                    276: client.
                    277: .It !
                    278: Break the current pane out of the window.
                    279: .It \&"
1.625     nicm      280: .\" "
1.171     nicm      281: Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
                    282: .It #
                    283: List all paste buffers.
1.236     nicm      284: .It $
                    285: Rename the current session.
1.171     nicm      286: .It %
                    287: Split the current pane into two, left and right.
                    288: .It &
                    289: Kill the current window.
                    290: .It '
                    291: Prompt for a window index to select.
1.412     nicm      292: .It \&(
                    293: Switch the attached client to the previous session.
                    294: .It \&)
                    295: Switch the attached client to the next session.
1.171     nicm      296: .It ,
                    297: Rename the current window.
                    298: .It -
                    299: Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
                    300: .It .
                    301: Prompt for an index to move the current window.
                    302: .It 0 to 9
                    303: Select windows 0 to 9.
                    304: .It :
                    305: Enter the
                    306: .Nm
                    307: command prompt.
1.187     nicm      308: .It ;
                    309: Move to the previously active pane.
1.178     nicm      310: .It =
                    311: Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
1.171     nicm      312: .It \&?
                    313: List all key bindings.
                    314: .It D
                    315: Choose a client to detach.
1.412     nicm      316: .It L
                    317: Switch the attached client back to the last session.
1.182     jmc       318: .It \&[
1.171     nicm      319: Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
1.182     jmc       320: .It \&]
1.171     nicm      321: Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
1.64      nicm      322: .It c
1.65      nicm      323: Create a new window.
1.64      nicm      324: .It d
1.65      nicm      325: Detach the current client.
1.171     nicm      326: .It f
                    327: Prompt to search for text in open windows.
                    328: .It i
                    329: Display some information about the current window.
1.64      nicm      330: .It l
1.65      nicm      331: Move to the previously selected window.
1.684     nicm      332: .It m
                    333: Mark the current pane (see
                    334: .Ic select-pane
                    335: .Fl m ) .
                    336: .It M
                    337: Clear the marked pane.
1.64      nicm      338: .It n
1.65      nicm      339: Change to the next window.
1.171     nicm      340: .It o
                    341: Select the next pane in the current window.
1.64      nicm      342: .It p
1.65      nicm      343: Change to the previous window.
1.171     nicm      344: .It q
                    345: Briefly display pane indexes.
                    346: .It r
                    347: Force redraw of the attached client.
                    348: .It s
                    349: Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
                    350: .It t
                    351: Show the time.
                    352: .It w
                    353: Choose the current window interactively.
                    354: .It x
                    355: Kill the current pane.
1.412     nicm      356: .It z
                    357: Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
1.171     nicm      358: .It {
                    359: Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
                    360: .It }
                    361: Swap the current pane with the next pane.
                    362: .It ~
                    363: Show previous messages from
                    364: .Nm ,
                    365: if any.
                    366: .It Page Up
                    367: Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
                    368: .It Up, Down
                    369: .It Left, Right
                    370: Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
                    371: pane.
                    372: .It M-1 to M-5
                    373: Arrange panes in one of the five preset layouts: even-horizontal,
                    374: even-vertical, main-horizontal, main-vertical, or tiled.
1.412     nicm      375: .It Space
                    376: Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
1.171     nicm      377: .It M-n
                    378: Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
                    379: .It M-o
                    380: Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
                    381: .It M-p
                    382: Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
                    383: .It C-Up, C-Down
                    384: .It C-Left, C-Right
                    385: Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
                    386: .It M-Up, M-Down
                    387: .It M-Left, M-Right
                    388: Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
1.64      nicm      389: .El
                    390: .Pp
                    391: Key bindings may be changed with the
                    392: .Ic bind-key
                    393: and
                    394: .Ic unbind-key
                    395: commands.
1.651     nicm      396: .Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
                    397: .Nm
                    398: supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
                    399: behaviour.
                    400: Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
                    401: They may be bound to a key with the
                    402: .Ic bind-key
                    403: command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
                    404: the command prompt.
                    405: For example, the same
                    406: .Ic set-option
                    407: command run from the shell prompt, from
                    408: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                    409: and bound to a key may look like:
                    410: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    411: $ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    412:
                    413: set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    414:
                    415: bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    416: .Ed
                    417: .Pp
                    418: Here, the command name is
                    419: .Ql set-option ,
                    420: .Ql Fl g
                    421: is a flag and
                    422: .Ql status-style
                    423: and
                    424: .Ql bg=cyan
                    425: are arguments.
                    426: .Pp
                    427: .Nm
                    428: distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
                    429: In order to execute a command,
                    430: .Nm
                    431: needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
                    432: This is command parsing.
                    433: If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
                    434: .Nm
                    435: or from a configuration file,
                    436: .Nm
                    437: does.
                    438: Examples of when
                    439: .Nm
                    440: parses commands are:
                    441: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    442: .It
                    443: in a configuration file;
                    444: .It
                    445: typed at the command prompt (see
                    446: .Ic command-prompt ) ;
                    447: .It
                    448: given to
                    449: .Ic bind-key ;
                    450: .It
                    451: passed as arguments to
                    452: .Ic if-shell
                    453: or
                    454: .Ic confirm-before .
                    455: .El
                    456: .Pp
                    457: To execute commands, each client has a
                    458: .Ql command queue .
                    459: A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
                    460: for configuration files like
                    461: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
                    462: Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
                    463: Some commands, like
                    464: .Ic if-shell
                    465: and
                    466: .Ic confirm-before ,
                    467: parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
                    468: after themselves.
                    469: This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent command (such as
                    470: .Ic if-shell )
                    471: is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
                    472: Commands like
                    473: .Ic if-shell ,
                    474: .Ic run-shell
                    475: and
                    476: .Ic display-panes
                    477: stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
                    478: .Ic if-shell
                    479: and
                    480: .Ic run-shell
                    481: until a shell command finishes and
                    482: .Ic display-panes
                    483: until a key is pressed.
                    484: For example, the following commands:
                    485: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    486: new-session; new-window
                    487: if-shell "true" "split-window"
                    488: kill-session
                    489: .Ed
                    490: .Pp
                    491: Will execute
                    492: .Ic new-session ,
                    493: .Ic new-window ,
                    494: .Ic if-shell ,
                    495: the shell command
                    496: .Xr true 1 ,
1.671     nicm      497: .Ic split-window
1.651     nicm      498: and
                    499: .Ic kill-session
                    500: in that order.
                    501: .Pp
                    502: The
                    503: .Sx COMMANDS
                    504: section lists the
                    505: .Nm
                    506: commands and their arguments.
                    507: .Sh PARSING SYNTAX
                    508: This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
                    509: .Nm ,
                    510: for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
1.671     nicm      511: Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
1.651     nicm      512: - see for example
                    513: .Xr ksh 1
                    514: or
                    515: .Xr csh 1 .
                    516: .Pp
                    517: Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
                    518: Commands separated by semicolons together form a
                    519: .Ql command sequence
                    520: - if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
                    521: executed.
1.825     nicm      522: .Pp
                    523: It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
                    524: written as an individual token, for example from
                    525: .Xr sh 1 :
                    526: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    527: $ tmux neww \\; splitw
                    528: .Ed
                    529: .Pp
                    530: Or:
                    531: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    532: $ tmux neww ';' splitw
                    533: .Ed
                    534: .Pp
                    535: Or from the tmux command prompt:
                    536: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    537: neww ; splitw
                    538: .Ed
                    539: .Pp
                    540: However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
                    541: for example in these
                    542: .Xr sh 1
                    543: commands:
                    544: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       545: $ tmux neww\e\e; splitw
1.825     nicm      546: .Ed
                    547: .Pp
                    548: Or:
                    549: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    550: $ tmux 'neww;' splitw
                    551: .Ed
                    552: .Pp
                    553: As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
                    554: to properly quote semicolons:
                    555: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    556: .It
                    557: Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
                    558: should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
                    559: For
                    560: .Xr sh 1
                    561: this typically means quoted (such as
                    562: .Ql neww ';' splitw )
                    563: or escaped (such as
1.826     jmc       564: .Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
1.825     nicm      565: .It
                    566: Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
                    567: arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
                    568: a second time for
                    569: .Nm ;
                    570: for example:
                    571: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       572: $ tmux neww 'foo\e\e;' bar
                    573: $ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
1.825     nicm      574: .Ed
                    575: .It
                    576: Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
                    577: be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
                    578: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    579: $ tmux neww 'foo-;-bar'
1.826     jmc       580: $ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
1.825     nicm      581: .Ed
                    582: .El
1.651     nicm      583: .Pp
                    584: Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
                    585: comment is ignored until the end of the line.
                    586: .Pp
                    587: If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
                    588: line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
                    589: This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
1.656     nicm      590: strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
1.651     nicm      591: .Pp
1.655     nicm      592: Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (') quotes,
                    593: double quotes (") or braces ({}).
1.651     nicm      594: .\" "
                    595: This is required when the argument contains any special character.
1.655     nicm      596: Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
                    597: continuation.
                    598: Braces can span multiple lines.
1.651     nicm      599: .Pp
                    600: Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
                    601: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    602: .It
                    603: Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
                    604: global environment (see the
                    605: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    606: section).
                    607: .It
                    608: A leading ~ or ~user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
                    609: specified user.
                    610: .It
                    611: \euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
                    612: the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
                    613: .It
                    614: When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
                    615: the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
                    616: tab.
1.660     nicm      617: .It
                    618: \eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
                    619: Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
                    620: The largest valid character is \e377.
                    621: .It
1.651     nicm      622: Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
                    623: is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
                    624: \e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
                    625: variable.
                    626: .El
                    627: .Pp
1.776     nicm      628: Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
                    629: .Ql %if
                    630: are processed) and then converted into a string.
                    631: They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
                    632: group of
1.655     nicm      633: .Nm
1.776     nicm      634: commands as an argument (for example to
                    635: .Ic if-shell ) .
1.655     nicm      636: These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
                    637: needed when using {}:
                    638: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    639: if-shell true {
                    640:     display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }$foo'
                    641: }
                    642:
1.776     nicm      643: if-shell true "display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo'"
1.655     nicm      644: .Ed
                    645: .Pp
                    646: Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
                    647: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    648: bind x if-shell "true" {
                    649:     if-shell "true" {
1.706     nicm      650:         display "true!"
1.655     nicm      651:     }
                    652: }
                    653: .Ed
                    654: .Pp
1.651     nicm      655: Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
                    656: .Ql name=value ,
                    657: for example
                    658: .Ql HOME=/home/user .
                    659: Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
1.728     nicm      660: A hidden variable may be set with
                    661: .Ql %hidden ,
                    662: for example:
                    663: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    664: %hidden MYVAR=42
                    665: .Ed
                    666: .Pp
                    667: Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
                    668: by tmux.
                    669: See the
                    670: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    671: section.
1.651     nicm      672: .Pp
                    673: Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
                    674: .Ql %if ,
                    675: .Ql %elif ,
                    676: .Ql %else
                    677: and
                    678: .Ql %endif .
                    679: The argument to
                    680: .Ql %if
                    681: and
                    682: .Ql %elif
                    683: is expanded as a format (see
                    684: .Sx FORMATS )
                    685: and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
                    686: the closing
                    687: .Ql %elif ,
                    688: .Ql %else
                    689: or
                    690: .Ql %endif .
                    691: For example:
                    692: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.666     nicm      693: %if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
1.651     nicm      694: set -g status-style bg=red
1.666     nicm      695: %elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
1.651     nicm      696: set -g status-style bg=green
                    697: %else
                    698: set -g status-style bg=blue
                    699: %endif
                    700: .Ed
                    701: .Pp
                    702: Will change the status line to red if running on
                    703: .Ql myhost ,
                    704: green if running on
                    705: .Ql myotherhost ,
                    706: or blue if running on another host.
                    707: Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
                    708: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    709: %if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
                    710: .Ed
1.57      jmc       711: .Sh COMMANDS
1.651     nicm      712: This section describes the commands supported by
1.57      jmc       713: .Nm .
                    714: Most commands accept the optional
                    715: .Fl t
1.432     nicm      716: (and sometimes
                    717: .Fl s )
1.57      jmc       718: argument with one of
                    719: .Ar target-client ,
1.678     nicm      720: .Ar target-session ,
1.57      jmc       721: .Ar target-window ,
                    722: or
                    723: .Ar target-pane .
                    724: These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
1.423     nicm      725: .Pp
1.57      jmc       726: .Ar target-client
1.540     nicm      727: should be the name of the client,
                    728: typically the
1.57      jmc       729: .Xr pty 4
                    730: file to which the client is connected, for example either of
                    731: .Pa /dev/ttyp1
                    732: or
                    733: .Pa ttyp1
                    734: for the client attached to
                    735: .Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
1.423     nicm      736: If no client is specified,
                    737: .Nm
                    738: attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
                    739: reported.
1.57      jmc       740: Clients may be listed with the
                    741: .Ic list-clients
                    742: command.
1.1       nicm      743: .Pp
1.57      jmc       744: .Ar target-session
1.423     nicm      745: is tried as, in order:
                    746: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    747: .It
                    748: A session ID prefixed with a $.
                    749: .It
                    750: An exact name of a session (as listed by the
1.57      jmc       751: .Ic list-sessions
1.423     nicm      752: command).
                    753: .It
                    754: The start of a session name, for example
                    755: .Ql mysess
                    756: would match a session named
                    757: .Ql mysession .
                    758: .It
                    759: An
1.57      jmc       760: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      761: pattern which is matched against the session name.
                    762: .El
                    763: .Pp
1.441     nicm      764: If the session name is prefixed with an
                    765: .Ql = ,
1.435     nicm      766: only an exact match is accepted (so
                    767: .Ql =mysess
                    768: will only match exactly
                    769: .Ql mysess ,
                    770: not
                    771: .Ql mysession ) .
1.441     nicm      772: .Pp
1.423     nicm      773: If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
1.57      jmc       774: produce an error.
                    775: If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
1.117     nicm      776: current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
1.1       nicm      777: .Pp
1.57      jmc       778: .Ar target-window
1.472     nicm      779: (or
                    780: .Ar src-window
                    781: or
                    782: .Ar dst-window )
1.57      jmc       783: specifies a window in the form
                    784: .Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
                    785: .Em session
                    786: follows the same rules as for
                    787: .Ar target-session ,
                    788: and
                    789: .Em window
1.423     nicm      790: is looked for in order as:
                    791: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    792: .It
                    793: A special token, listed below.
                    794: .It
                    795: A window index, for example
                    796: .Ql mysession:1
                    797: is window 1 in session
                    798: .Ql mysession .
                    799: .It
                    800: A window ID, such as @1.
                    801: .It
                    802: An exact window name, such as
                    803: .Ql mysession:mywindow .
                    804: .It
                    805: The start of a window name, such as
                    806: .Ql mysession:mywin .
                    807: .It
                    808: As an
1.57      jmc       809: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      810: pattern matched against the window name.
                    811: .El
                    812: .Pp
1.435     nicm      813: Like sessions, a
                    814: .Ql =
                    815: prefix will do an exact match only.
1.57      jmc       816: An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
                    817: example the
                    818: .Ic new-window
                    819: and
                    820: .Ic link-window
                    821: commands)
                    822: otherwise the current window in
                    823: .Em session
                    824: is chosen.
1.423     nicm      825: .Pp
1.424     nicm      826: The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
                    827: Each has a single-character alternative form.
1.423     nicm      828: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    829: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    830: .It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
                    831: .It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
                    832: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
                    833: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
                    834: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
                    835: .El
1.1       nicm      836: .Pp
1.57      jmc       837: .Ar target-pane
1.472     nicm      838: (or
                    839: .Ar src-pane
                    840: or
                    841: .Ar dst-pane )
                    842: may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
1.57      jmc       843: .Ar target-window
1.423     nicm      844: but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
                    845: for example:
                    846: .Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
1.57      jmc       847: If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
                    848: window is used.
1.423     nicm      849: The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
                    850: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    851: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    852: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
                    853: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
                    854: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
                    855: .It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
                    856: .It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
                    857: .It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
                    858: .It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
                    859: .It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
                    860: .It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
                    861: .It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
                    862: .It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
1.447     nicm      863: .It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
                    864: .It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
                    865: .It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
                    866: .It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
1.423     nicm      867: .El
1.177     nicm      868: .Pp
1.423     nicm      869: The tokens
1.177     nicm      870: .Ql +
                    871: and
                    872: .Ql -
                    873: may be followed by an offset, for example:
                    874: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    875: select-window -t:+2
                    876: .Ed
                    877: .Pp
1.432     nicm      878: In addition,
                    879: .Em target-session ,
                    880: .Em target-window
                    881: or
                    882: .Em target-pane
                    883: may consist entirely of the token
                    884: .Ql {mouse}
                    885: (alternative form
                    886: .Ql = )
1.678     nicm      887: to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event occurred
1.432     nicm      888: (see the
                    889: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                    890: section)
                    891: or
                    892: .Ql {marked}
                    893: (alternative form
                    894: .Ql ~ )
                    895: to specify the marked pane (see
                    896: .Ic select-pane
                    897: .Fl m ) .
                    898: .Pp
1.423     nicm      899: Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
                    900: prefixed with a
                    901: .Ql $ ,
                    902: windows with a
                    903: .Ql @ ,
                    904: and panes with a
                    905: .Ql % .
                    906: These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
                    907: in the
1.212     nicm      908: .Nm
1.423     nicm      909: server.
                    910: The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
1.212     nicm      911: .Ev TMUX_PANE
                    912: environment variable.
1.423     nicm      913: IDs may be displayed using the
                    914: .Ql session_id ,
                    915: .Ql window_id ,
                    916: or
                    917: .Ql pane_id
                    918: formats (see the
                    919: .Sx FORMATS
                    920: section) and the
                    921: .Ic display-message ,
                    922: .Ic list-sessions ,
                    923: .Ic list-windows
                    924: or
                    925: .Ic list-panes
                    926: commands.
1.15      jmc       927: .Pp
1.153     nicm      928: .Ar shell-command
                    929: arguments are
                    930: .Xr sh 1
                    931: commands.
1.394     nicm      932: This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
1.153     nicm      933: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      934: new-window 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.153     nicm      935: .Ed
1.394     nicm      936: .Pp
                    937: Will run:
                    938: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      939: /bin/sh -c 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.394     nicm      940: .Ed
                    941: .Pp
                    942: Additionally, the
                    943: .Ic new-window ,
                    944: .Ic new-session ,
                    945: .Ic split-window ,
                    946: .Ic respawn-window
                    947: and
                    948: .Ic respawn-pane
                    949: commands allow
                    950: .Ar shell-command
                    951: to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
                    952: .Ql sh -c ) .
                    953: This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
                    954: For example:
                    955: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      956: $ tmux new-window vi ~/.tmux.conf
1.394     nicm      957: .Ed
                    958: .Pp
                    959: Will run
                    960: .Xr vi 1
                    961: directly without invoking the shell.
1.153     nicm      962: .Pp
                    963: .Ar command
                    964: .Op Ar arguments
                    965: refers to a
                    966: .Nm
1.655     nicm      967: command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
1.153     nicm      968: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.629     nicm      969: bind-key F1 set-option status off
1.153     nicm      970: .Ed
                    971: .Pp
1.655     nicm      972: Or passed as a single string argument in
                    973: .Pa .tmux.conf ,
                    974: for example:
1.153     nicm      975: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.655     nicm      976: bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
1.153     nicm      977: .Ed
                    978: .Pp
                    979: Example
                    980: .Nm
                    981: commands include:
1.13      nicm      982: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.57      jmc       983: refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
                    984:
                    985: rename-session -tfirst newname
                    986:
1.668     nicm      987: set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
1.57      jmc       988:
                    989: new-window ; split-window -d
1.244     nicm      990:
                    991: bind-key R source-file ~/.tmux.conf \e; \e
                    992:        display-message "source-file done"
1.13      nicm      993: .Ed
1.153     nicm      994: .Pp
                    995: Or from
                    996: .Xr sh 1 :
                    997: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    998: $ tmux kill-window -t :1
                    999:
1.159     jmc      1000: $ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
1.153     nicm     1001:
1.821     nicm     1002: $ tmux new-session -d 'vi ~/.tmux.conf' \e; split-window -d \e; attach
1.153     nicm     1003: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1004: .Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
1.153     nicm     1005: The
                   1006: .Nm
                   1007: server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
                   1008: Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
                   1009: when they are created with the
                   1010: .Ic new-session
                   1011: command, or later with the
                   1012: .Ic attach-session
                   1013: command.
1.188     nicm     1014: Each session has one or more windows
1.153     nicm     1015: .Em linked
                   1016: into it.
                   1017: Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
                   1018: more panes,
                   1019: each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
                   1020: Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
                   1021: are covered
                   1022: in the
                   1023: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   1024: section.
                   1025: .Pp
                   1026: The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
1.57      jmc      1027: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1028: .Tg attach
1.57      jmc      1029: .It Xo Ic attach-session
1.662     nicm     1030: .Op Fl dErx
1.372     nicm     1031: .Op Fl c Ar working-directory
1.762     nicm     1032: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.57      jmc      1033: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1034: .Xc
1.870     kn       1035: .D1 Pq alias: Ic attach
1.57      jmc      1036: If run from outside
                   1037: .Nm ,
                   1038: create a new client in the current terminal and attach it to
                   1039: .Ar target-session .
                   1040: If used from inside, switch the current client.
                   1041: If
                   1042: .Fl d
                   1043: is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
1.662     nicm     1044: If
                   1045: .Fl x
1.703     nicm     1046: is given, send
                   1047: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1048: to the parent process of the client as well as
1.662     nicm     1049: detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
1.762     nicm     1050: .Fl f
                   1051: sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
                   1052: The flags are:
                   1053: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.778     nicm     1054: .It active-pane
                   1055: the client has an independent active pane
1.762     nicm     1056: .It ignore-size
                   1057: the client does not affect the size of other clients
                   1058: .It no-output
                   1059: the client does not receive pane output in control mode
1.778     nicm     1060: .It pause-after=seconds
                   1061: output is paused once the pane is
                   1062: .Ar seconds
                   1063: behind in control mode
                   1064: .It read-only
                   1065: the client is read-only
1.786     nicm     1066: .It wait-exit
                   1067: wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
1.762     nicm     1068: .El
                   1069: .Pp
                   1070: A leading
1.799     tim      1071: .Ql \&!
1.762     nicm     1072: turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
1.148     nicm     1073: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1074: is an alias for
                   1075: .Fl f
                   1076: .Ar read-only,ignore-size .
                   1077: When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
1.148     nicm     1078: .Ic detach-client
1.242     nicm     1079: or
                   1080: .Ic switch-client
1.762     nicm     1081: commands have any effect.
1.769     nicm     1082: A client with the
                   1083: .Ar active-pane
                   1084: flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
                   1085: pane used by clients without the flag.
                   1086: This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
                   1087: other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
                   1088: pane.
1.13      nicm     1089: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1090: If no server is started,
                   1091: .Ic attach-session
                   1092: will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
                   1093: configuration file.
1.217     nicm     1094: .Pp
                   1095: The
                   1096: .Ar target-session
                   1097: rules for
                   1098: .Ic attach-session
                   1099: are slightly adjusted: if
                   1100: .Nm
                   1101: needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
                   1102: recently used
                   1103: .Em unattached
                   1104: session.
1.372     nicm     1105: .Pp
                   1106: .Fl c
                   1107: will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
                   1108: .Ar working-directory .
1.436     nicm     1109: .Pp
                   1110: If
                   1111: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1112: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1113: .Ic update-environment
                   1114: option will not be applied.
1.858     kn       1115: .Tg detach
1.211     nicm     1116: .It Xo Ic detach-client
1.463     nicm     1117: .Op Fl aP
1.525     nicm     1118: .Op Fl E Ar shell-command
1.219     nicm     1119: .Op Fl s Ar target-session
1.211     nicm     1120: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1121: .Xc
1.870     kn       1122: .D1 Pq alias: Ic detach
1.218     nicm     1123: Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
                   1124: .Fl t ,
1.258     jmc      1125: or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
1.218     nicm     1126: .Fl s .
1.296     nicm     1127: The
                   1128: .Fl a
                   1129: option kills all but the client given with
                   1130: .Fl t .
1.211     nicm     1131: If
                   1132: .Fl P
1.703     nicm     1133: is given, send
                   1134: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1135: to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
1.211     nicm     1136: to exit.
1.525     nicm     1137: With
                   1138: .Fl E ,
                   1139: run
                   1140: .Ar shell-command
                   1141: to replace the client.
1.858     kn       1142: .Tg has
1.57      jmc      1143: .It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1144: .D1 Pq alias: Ic has
1.57      jmc      1145: Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
                   1146: If it does exist, exit with 0.
                   1147: .It Ic kill-server
                   1148: Kill the
1.1       nicm     1149: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1150: server and clients and destroy all sessions.
1.369     nicm     1151: .It Xo Ic kill-session
1.464     nicm     1152: .Op Fl aC
1.297     nicm     1153: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.369     nicm     1154: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1155: Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
                   1156: sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
1.297     nicm     1157: If
                   1158: .Fl a
                   1159: is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
1.464     nicm     1160: The
                   1161: .Fl C
1.467     nicm     1162: flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
1.464     nicm     1163: session.
1.858     kn       1164: .Tg lsc
1.250     nicm     1165: .It Xo Ic list-clients
                   1166: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1167: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1168: .Xc
1.870     kn       1169: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsc
1.221     jmc      1170: List all clients attached to the server.
1.250     nicm     1171: For the meaning of the
                   1172: .Fl F
                   1173: flag, see the
1.252     jmc      1174: .Sx FORMATS
                   1175: section.
1.221     jmc      1176: If
1.220     nicm     1177: .Ar target-session
                   1178: is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
1.858     kn       1179: .Tg lscm
1.489     nicm     1180: .It Xo Ic list-commands
                   1181: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.731     nicm     1182: .Op Ar command
1.489     nicm     1183: .Xc
1.870     kn       1184: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lscm
1.731     nicm     1185: List the syntax of
                   1186: .Ar command
                   1187: or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
1.57      jmc      1188: .Nm .
1.858     kn       1189: .Tg ls
1.738     nicm     1190: .It Xo Ic list-sessions
                   1191: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1192: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   1193: .Xc
1.870     kn       1194: .D1 Pq alias: Ic ls
1.57      jmc      1195: List all sessions managed by the server.
1.247     nicm     1196: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     1197: specifies the format of each line and
                   1198: .Fl f
                   1199: a filter.
                   1200: Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1201: See the
1.247     nicm     1202: .Sx FORMATS
                   1203: section.
1.858     kn       1204: .Tg lockc
1.175     nicm     1205: .It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.870     kn       1206: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lockc
1.92      nicm     1207: Lock
                   1208: .Ar target-client ,
                   1209: see the
                   1210: .Ic lock-server
                   1211: command.
1.858     kn       1212: .Tg locks
1.175     nicm     1213: .It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1214: .D1 Pq alias: Ic locks
1.92      nicm     1215: Lock all clients attached to
                   1216: .Ar target-session .
1.858     kn       1217: .Tg new
1.57      jmc      1218: .It Xo Ic new-session
1.662     nicm     1219: .Op Fl AdDEPX
1.371     nicm     1220: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.760     nicm     1221: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.762     nicm     1222: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.351     nicm     1223: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      1224: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   1225: .Op Fl s Ar session-name
1.536     nicm     1226: .Op Fl t Ar group-name
1.210     nicm     1227: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   1228: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.153     nicm     1229: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      1230: .Xc
1.870     kn       1231: .D1 Pq alias: Ic new
1.57      jmc      1232: Create a new session with name
                   1233: .Ar session-name .
1.153     nicm     1234: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1235: The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
                   1236: .Fl d
                   1237: is given.
                   1238: .Ar window-name
1.1       nicm     1239: and
1.153     nicm     1240: .Ar shell-command
                   1241: are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
1.552     nicm     1242: With
                   1243: .Fl d ,
1.642     nicm     1244: the initial size comes from the global
                   1245: .Ic default-size
                   1246: option;
1.210     nicm     1247: .Fl x
                   1248: and
                   1249: .Fl y
1.602     nicm     1250: can be used to specify a different size.
                   1251: .Ql -
                   1252: uses the size of the current client if any.
1.642     nicm     1253: If
                   1254: .Fl x
                   1255: or
                   1256: .Fl y
                   1257: is given, the
                   1258: .Ic default-size
                   1259: option is set for the session.
1.762     nicm     1260: .Fl f
                   1261: sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
                   1262: .Ic attach-session ) .
1.68      nicm     1263: .Pp
                   1264: If run from a terminal, any
                   1265: .Xr termios 4
                   1266: special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
1.338     nicm     1267: .Pp
                   1268: The
                   1269: .Fl A
                   1270: flag makes
                   1271: .Ic new-session
                   1272: behave like
                   1273: .Ic attach-session
                   1274: if
                   1275: .Ar session-name
1.416     nicm     1276: already exists; in this case,
1.338     nicm     1277: .Fl D
                   1278: behaves like
                   1279: .Fl d
1.662     nicm     1280: to
                   1281: .Ic attach-session ,
                   1282: and
                   1283: .Fl X
                   1284: behaves like
                   1285: .Fl x
1.338     nicm     1286: to
                   1287: .Ic attach-session .
1.101     nicm     1288: .Pp
                   1289: If
                   1290: .Fl t
1.536     nicm     1291: is given, it specifies a
                   1292: .Ic session group .
                   1293: Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
1.537     nicm     1294: linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
1.536     nicm     1295: sessions.
1.101     nicm     1296: The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
1.536     nicm     1297: any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
                   1298: The
                   1299: .Ar group-name
                   1300: argument may be:
                   1301: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   1302: .It
                   1303: the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
                   1304: group;
                   1305: .It
                   1306: the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
                   1307: as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
                   1308: .It
                   1309: the name for a new group containing only the new session.
                   1310: .El
                   1311: .Pp
1.101     nicm     1312: .Fl n
1.480     nicm     1313: and
1.153     nicm     1314: .Ar shell-command
1.101     nicm     1315: are invalid if
                   1316: .Fl t
                   1317: is used.
1.351     nicm     1318: .Pp
                   1319: The
                   1320: .Fl P
                   1321: option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
                   1322: By default, it uses the format
1.683     nicm     1323: .Ql #{session_name}:\&
1.351     nicm     1324: but a different format may be specified with
                   1325: .Fl F .
1.436     nicm     1326: .Pp
                   1327: If
                   1328: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1329: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1330: .Ic update-environment
                   1331: option will not be applied.
1.760     nicm     1332: .Fl e
                   1333: takes the form
                   1334: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   1335: and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
                   1336: specified multiple times.
1.858     kn       1337: .Tg refresh
1.248     nicm     1338: .It Xo Ic refresh-client
1.881     nicm     1339: .Op Fl cDLRSU
1.773     nicm     1340: .Op Fl A Ar pane:state
1.788     nicm     1341: .Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
1.855     nicm     1342: .Op Fl C Ar size
1.762     nicm     1343: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.881     nicm     1344: .Op Fl l Op Ar target-pane
1.248     nicm     1345: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.613     nicm     1346: .Op Ar adjustment
1.248     nicm     1347: .Xc
1.870     kn       1348: .D1 Pq alias: Ic refresh
1.57      jmc      1349: Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
                   1350: with
                   1351: .Fl t .
1.248     nicm     1352: If
                   1353: .Fl S
1.538     nicm     1354: is specified, only update the client's status line.
1.535     nicm     1355: .Pp
1.642     nicm     1356: The
                   1357: .Fl U ,
                   1358: .Fl D ,
                   1359: .Fl L
                   1360: .Fl R ,
                   1361: and
                   1362: .Fl c
                   1363: flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
                   1364: to be changed.
                   1365: .Fl U
                   1366: moves the visible part up by
                   1367: .Ar adjustment
                   1368: rows and
                   1369: .Fl D
                   1370: down,
                   1371: .Fl L
                   1372: left by
                   1373: .Ar adjustment
                   1374: columns and
                   1375: .Fl R
                   1376: right.
                   1377: .Fl c
                   1378: returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
                   1379: If
                   1380: .Ar adjustment
                   1381: is omitted, 1 is used.
                   1382: Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
                   1383: window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
                   1384: it.
                   1385: .Pp
1.535     nicm     1386: .Fl C
1.855     nicm     1387: sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
                   1388: control mode client,
                   1389: .Ar size
                   1390: must be one of
                   1391: .Ql widthxheight
                   1392: or
                   1393: .Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
                   1394: for example
                   1395: .Ql 80x24
                   1396: or
                   1397: .Ql @0:80x24 .
1.773     nicm     1398: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1399: allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
1.773     nicm     1400: The argument is a pane ID (with leading
                   1401: .Ql % ) ,
                   1402: a colon, then one of
1.778     nicm     1403: .Ql on ,
1.781     nicm     1404: .Ql off ,
                   1405: .Ql continue
1.773     nicm     1406: or
1.781     nicm     1407: .Ql pause .
1.773     nicm     1408: If
                   1409: .Ql off ,
                   1410: .Nm
                   1411: will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
                   1412: the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
1.778     nicm     1413: If
                   1414: .Ql continue ,
                   1415: .Nm
1.781     nicm     1416: will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
1.778     nicm     1417: .Ar pause-after
                   1418: flag).
1.781     nicm     1419: If
                   1420: .Ql pause ,
                   1421: .Nm
                   1422: will pause the pane.
1.773     nicm     1423: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1424: may be given multiple times for different panes.
1.773     nicm     1425: .Pp
1.788     nicm     1426: .Fl B
                   1427: sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
                   1428: The argument is split into three items by colons:
                   1429: .Ar name
                   1430: is a name for the subscription;
                   1431: .Ar what
                   1432: is a type of item to subscribe to;
                   1433: .Ar format
                   1434: is the format.
                   1435: After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
                   1436: .Ic %subscription-changed
                   1437: notification, at most once a second.
                   1438: If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
                   1439: .Ar what
                   1440: may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
                   1441: a pane ID such as
                   1442: .Ql %0 ;
                   1443: .Ql %*
                   1444: for all panes in the attached session;
1.816     jmc      1445: a window ID such as
1.788     nicm     1446: .Ql @0 ;
                   1447: or
                   1448: .Ql @*
                   1449: for all windows in the attached session.
                   1450: .Pp
1.762     nicm     1451: .Fl f
                   1452: sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
                   1453: .Ic attach-session .
1.677     nicm     1454: .Pp
1.612     nicm     1455: .Fl l
                   1456: requests the clipboard from the client using the
                   1457: .Xr xterm 1
1.881     nicm     1458: escape sequence.
                   1459: If
                   1460: Ar target-pane
                   1461: is given, the clipboard is sent (in encoded form), otherwise it is stored in a
                   1462: new paste buffer.
1.613     nicm     1463: .Pp
                   1464: .Fl L ,
                   1465: .Fl R ,
                   1466: .Fl U
                   1467: and
                   1468: .Fl D
                   1469: move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
                   1470: by
                   1471: .Ar adjustment ,
                   1472: if the window is larger than the client.
                   1473: .Fl c
                   1474: resets so that the position follows the cursor.
                   1475: See the
                   1476: .Ic window-size
                   1477: option.
1.858     kn       1478: .Tg rename
1.57      jmc      1479: .It Xo Ic rename-session
                   1480: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1481: .Ar new-name
                   1482: .Xc
1.870     kn       1483: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rename
1.57      jmc      1484: Rename the session to
                   1485: .Ar new-name .
1.888     nicm     1486: .It Xo Ic server-access
                   1487: .Op Fl adlrw
                   1488: .Op Ar user
                   1489: .Xc
                   1490: Change the access or read/write permission of
                   1491: .Ar user .
                   1492: The user running the
                   1493: .Nm
                   1494: server (its owner) and the root user cannot be changed and are always
                   1495: permitted access.
                   1496: .Pp
                   1497: .Fl a
                   1498: and
                   1499: .Fl d
                   1500: are used to give or revoke access for the specified user.
                   1501: If the user is already attached, the
                   1502: .Fl d
                   1503: flag causes their clients to be detached.
                   1504: .Pp
                   1505: .Fl r
                   1506: and
                   1507: .Fl w
                   1508: change the permissions for
                   1509: .Ar user :
                   1510: .Fl r
                   1511: makes their clients read-only and
                   1512: .Fl w
                   1513: writable.
                   1514: .Fl l
                   1515: lists current access permissions.
                   1516: .Pp
                   1517: By default, the access list is empty and
                   1518: .Nm
                   1519: creates sockets with file system permissions preventing access by any user
                   1520: other than the owner (and root).
                   1521: These permissions must be changed manually.
                   1522: Great care should be taken not to allow access to untrusted users even
                   1523: read-only.
1.858     kn       1524: .Tg showmsgs
1.121     nicm     1525: .It Xo Ic show-messages
1.465     nicm     1526: .Op Fl JT
1.120     nicm     1527: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1528: .Xc
1.870     kn       1529: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showmsgs
1.764     nicm     1530: Show server messages or information.
                   1531: Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
1.120     nicm     1532: .Ar message-limit
1.384     nicm     1533: server option.
1.377     nicm     1534: .Fl J
                   1535: and
                   1536: .Fl T
1.465     nicm     1537: show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
1.858     kn       1538: .Tg source
1.488     tim      1539: .It Xo Ic source-file
1.793     nicm     1540: .Op Fl Fnqv
1.488     tim      1541: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1542: .Ar ...
1.488     tim      1543: .Xc
1.870     kn       1544: .D1 Pq alias: Ic source
1.659     nicm     1545: Execute commands from one or more files specified by
1.519     nicm     1546: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1547: (which may be
1.607     kn       1548: .Xr glob 7
1.659     nicm     1549: patterns).
1.488     tim      1550: If
1.793     nicm     1551: .Fl F
                   1552: is present, then
                   1553: .Ar path
                   1554: is expanded as a format.
                   1555: If
1.488     tim      1556: .Fl q
                   1557: is given, no error will be returned if
                   1558: .Ar path
                   1559: does not exist.
1.651     nicm     1560: With
                   1561: .Fl n ,
                   1562: the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
1.663     nicm     1563: .Fl v
                   1564: shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
1.858     kn       1565: .Tg start
1.57      jmc      1566: .It Ic start-server
1.870     kn       1567: .D1 Pq alias: Ic start
1.57      jmc      1568: Start the
1.1       nicm     1569: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1570: server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
1.707     nicm     1571: .Pp
                   1572: Note that as by default the
                   1573: .Nm
                   1574: server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created in
                   1575: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf ,
                   1576: .Ic exit-empty
                   1577: is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
                   1578: For example:
                   1579: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1580: $ tmux start \\; show -g
                   1581: .Ed
1.858     kn       1582: .Tg suspendc
1.57      jmc      1583: .It Xo Ic suspend-client
1.202     nicm     1584: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      1585: .Xc
1.870     kn       1586: .D1 Pq alias: Ic suspendc
1.57      jmc      1587: Suspend a client by sending
                   1588: .Dv SIGTSTP
                   1589: (tty stop).
1.858     kn       1590: .Tg switchc
1.57      jmc      1591: .It Xo Ic switch-client
1.681     nicm     1592: .Op Fl ElnprZ
1.57      jmc      1593: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   1594: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.421     nicm     1595: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      1596: .Xc
1.870     kn       1597: .D1 Pq alias: Ic switchc
1.57      jmc      1598: Switch the current session for client
                   1599: .Ar target-client
                   1600: to
                   1601: .Ar target-session .
1.635     nicm     1602: As a special case,
                   1603: .Fl t
                   1604: may refer to a pane (a target that contains
1.636     jmc      1605: .Ql \&: ,
                   1606: .Ql \&.
1.635     nicm     1607: or
1.636     jmc      1608: .Ql % ) ,
1.681     nicm     1609: to change session, window and pane.
                   1610: In that case,
                   1611: .Fl Z
                   1612: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.183     nicm     1613: If
1.197     jmc      1614: .Fl l ,
1.183     nicm     1615: .Fl n
                   1616: or
                   1617: .Fl p
1.194     nicm     1618: is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
                   1619: respectively.
1.242     nicm     1620: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1621: toggles the client
                   1622: .Ic read-only
                   1623: and
                   1624: .Ic ignore-size
                   1625: flags (see the
1.242     nicm     1626: .Ic attach-session
                   1627: command).
1.436     nicm     1628: .Pp
                   1629: If
                   1630: .Fl E
                   1631: is used,
                   1632: .Ic update-environment
                   1633: option will not be applied.
1.421     nicm     1634: .Pp
                   1635: .Fl T
1.706     nicm     1636: sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
                   1637: from
1.421     nicm     1638: .Ar key-table .
                   1639: This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
                   1640: sequences of keys.
                   1641: For example, to make typing
                   1642: .Ql abc
                   1643: run the
                   1644: .Ic list-keys
                   1645: command:
                   1646: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1647: bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
                   1648: bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
                   1649: bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
                   1650: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1651: .El
                   1652: .Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
1.679     nicm     1653: Each window displayed by
                   1654: .Nm
                   1655: may be split into one or more
                   1656: .Em panes ;
                   1657: each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
                   1658: A window may be split into panes using the
                   1659: .Ic split-window
                   1660: command.
                   1661: Windows may be split horizontally (with the
                   1662: .Fl h
                   1663: flag) or vertically.
                   1664: Panes may be resized with the
                   1665: .Ic resize-pane
                   1666: command (bound to
                   1667: .Ql C-Up ,
                   1668: .Ql C-Down
                   1669: .Ql C-Left
                   1670: and
                   1671: .Ql C-Right
                   1672: by default), the current pane may be changed with the
                   1673: .Ic select-pane
                   1674: command and the
                   1675: .Ic rotate-window
                   1676: and
                   1677: .Ic swap-pane
                   1678: commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
                   1679: Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
                   1680: .Pp
                   1681: By default, a
1.1       nicm     1682: .Nm
1.679     nicm     1683: pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
                   1684: A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
                   1685: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                   1686: .It
                   1687: Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
1.164     nicm     1688: history to be copied to a
1.1       nicm     1689: .Em paste buffer
                   1690: for later insertion into another window.
                   1691: This mode is entered with the
                   1692: .Ic copy-mode
                   1693: command, bound to
1.113     nicm     1694: .Ql \&[
1.1       nicm     1695: by default.
1.734     nicm     1696: Copied text can be pasted with the
                   1697: .Ic paste-buffer
                   1698: command, bound to
                   1699: .Ql \&] .
1.679     nicm     1700: .It
                   1701: View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
                   1702: output, such as
1.164     nicm     1703: .Ic list-keys ,
                   1704: is executed from a key binding.
1.679     nicm     1705: .It
                   1706: Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
                   1707: This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
                   1708: This mode is entered with the
                   1709: .Ic choose-buffer ,
                   1710: .Ic choose-client
                   1711: and
                   1712: .Ic choose-tree
                   1713: commands.
                   1714: .El
1.1       nicm     1715: .Pp
1.678     nicm     1716: In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
                   1717: the current position and the number of lines in the history.
                   1718: .Pp
1.497     nicm     1719: Commands are sent to copy mode using the
                   1720: .Fl X
                   1721: flag to the
                   1722: .Ic send-keys
                   1723: command.
                   1724: When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
                   1725: depending on the
1.1       nicm     1726: .Ic mode-keys
1.497     nicm     1727: option:
                   1728: .Ic copy-mode
                   1729: for emacs, or
                   1730: .Ic copy-mode-vi
                   1731: for vi.
                   1732: Key tables may be viewed with the
                   1733: .Ic list-keys
                   1734: command.
                   1735: .Pp
                   1736: The following commands are supported in copy mode:
1.648     nicm     1737: .Bl -column "CommandXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXXXXXXXX" "emacs" -offset indent
1.497     nicm     1738: .It Sy "Command" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
                   1739: .It Li "append-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1740: .It Li "append-selection-and-cancel" Ta "A" Ta ""
                   1741: .It Li "back-to-indentation" Ta "^" Ta "M-m"
                   1742: .It Li "begin-selection" Ta "Space" Ta "C-Space"
                   1743: .It Li "bottom-line" Ta "L" Ta ""
                   1744: .It Li "cancel" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
                   1745: .It Li "clear-selection" Ta "Escape" Ta "C-g"
1.847     nicm     1746: .It Li "copy-end-of-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1747: .It Li "copy-end-of-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1748: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1749: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
1.633     nicm     1750: .It Li "copy-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.847     nicm     1751: .It Li "copy-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1752: .It Li "copy-pipe-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1753: .It Li "copy-pipe-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.742     nicm     1754: .It Li "copy-pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1755: .It Li "copy-pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1756: .It Li "copy-pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1757: .It Li "copy-selection [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.638     nicm     1758: .It Li "copy-selection-no-clear [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1759: .It Li "copy-selection-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "Enter" Ta "M-w"
1.497     nicm     1760: .It Li "cursor-down" Ta "j" Ta "Down"
1.685     nicm     1761: .It Li "cursor-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1762: .It Li "cursor-left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   1763: .It Li "cursor-right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   1764: .It Li "cursor-up" Ta "k" Ta "Up"
                   1765: .It Li "end-of-line" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   1766: .It Li "goto-line <line>" Ta ":" Ta "g"
                   1767: .It Li "halfpage-down" Ta "C-d" Ta "M-Down"
1.589     nicm     1768: .It Li "halfpage-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1769: .It Li "halfpage-up" Ta "C-u" Ta "M-Up"
1.589     nicm     1770: .It Li "history-bottom" Ta "G" Ta "M->"
                   1771: .It Li "history-top" Ta "g" Ta "M-<"
1.497     nicm     1772: .It Li "jump-again" Ta ";" Ta ";"
                   1773: .It Li "jump-backward <to>" Ta "F" Ta "F"
                   1774: .It Li "jump-forward <to>" Ta "f" Ta "f"
                   1775: .It Li "jump-reverse" Ta "," Ta ","
                   1776: .It Li "jump-to-backward <to>" Ta "T" Ta ""
                   1777: .It Li "jump-to-forward <to>" Ta "t" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1778: .It Li "jump-to-mark" Ta "M-x" Ta "M-x"
1.497     nicm     1779: .It Li "middle-line" Ta "M" Ta "M-r"
1.678     nicm     1780: .It Li "next-matching-bracket" Ta "%" Ta "M-C-f"
1.497     nicm     1781: .It Li "next-paragraph" Ta "}" Ta "M-}"
                   1782: .It Li "next-space" Ta "W" Ta ""
                   1783: .It Li "next-space-end" Ta "E" Ta ""
                   1784: .It Li "next-word" Ta "w" Ta ""
                   1785: .It Li "next-word-end" Ta "e" Ta "M-f"
                   1786: .It Li "other-end" Ta "o" Ta ""
                   1787: .It Li "page-down" Ta "C-f" Ta "PageDown"
1.589     nicm     1788: .It Li "page-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1789: .It Li "page-up" Ta "C-b" Ta "PageUp"
1.820     nicm     1790: .It Li "pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1791: .It Li "pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1792: .It Li "pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.678     nicm     1793: .It Li "previous-matching-bracket" Ta "" Ta "M-C-b"
1.497     nicm     1794: .It Li "previous-paragraph" Ta "{" Ta "M-{"
                   1795: .It Li "previous-space" Ta "B" Ta ""
                   1796: .It Li "previous-word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
1.813     nicm     1797: .It Li "rectangle-on" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1798: .It Li "rectangle-off" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1799: .It Li "rectangle-toggle" Ta "v" Ta "R"
1.732     nicm     1800: .It Li "refresh-from-pane" Ta "r" Ta "r"
1.497     nicm     1801: .It Li "scroll-down" Ta "C-e" Ta "C-Down"
1.589     nicm     1802: .It Li "scroll-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1803: .It Li "scroll-up" Ta "C-y" Ta "C-Up"
                   1804: .It Li "search-again" Ta "n" Ta "n"
1.517     nicm     1805: .It Li "search-backward <for>" Ta "?" Ta ""
1.726     nicm     1806: .It Li "search-backward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-r"
                   1807: .It Li "search-backward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.517     nicm     1808: .It Li "search-forward <for>" Ta "/" Ta ""
                   1809: .It Li "search-forward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-s"
1.726     nicm     1810: .It Li "search-forward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.900     nicm     1811: .It Li "scroll-middle" Ta "z" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1812: .It Li "search-reverse" Ta "N" Ta "N"
                   1813: .It Li "select-line" Ta "V" Ta ""
1.634     nicm     1814: .It Li "select-word" Ta "" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1815: .It Li "set-mark" Ta "X" Ta "X"
1.497     nicm     1816: .It Li "start-of-line" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
1.515     nicm     1817: .It Li "stop-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
1.876     nicm     1818: .It Li "toggle-position" Ta "P" Ta "P"
1.497     nicm     1819: .It Li "top-line" Ta "H" Ta "M-R"
1.1       nicm     1820: .El
1.726     nicm     1821: .Pp
                   1822: The search commands come in several varieties:
                   1823: .Ql search-forward
                   1824: and
                   1825: .Ql search-backward
                   1826: search for a regular expression;
                   1827: the
                   1828: .Ql -text
                   1829: variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
                   1830: .Ql -incremental
                   1831: perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
                   1832: .Fl i
                   1833: flag to the
                   1834: .Ic command-prompt
                   1835: command.
                   1836: .Ql search-again
                   1837: repeats the last search and
                   1838: .Ql search-reverse
                   1839: does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
                   1840: becomes forward).
1.589     nicm     1841: .Pp
1.633     nicm     1842: Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
                   1843: to generate the buffer name (the default is
                   1844: .Ql buffer
                   1845: so buffers are named
                   1846: .Ql buffer0 ,
                   1847: .Ql buffer1
                   1848: and so on).
                   1849: Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
1.820     nicm     1850: selected text is piped.
                   1851: .Ql copy-pipe
                   1852: variants also copy the selection.
1.589     nicm     1853: The
                   1854: .Ql -and-cancel
                   1855: variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
                   1856: commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
1.638     nicm     1857: .Ql -no-clear
                   1858: variants do not clear the selection.
1.146     nicm     1859: .Pp
1.841     nicm     1860: The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
                   1861: runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
                   1862: Word separators can be customized with the
1.154     nicm     1863: .Em word-separators
1.255     nicm     1864: session option.
1.146     nicm     1865: Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
                   1866: next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
                   1867: The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
                   1868: the word separator.
1.841     nicm     1869: Setting
                   1870: .Em word-separators
                   1871: to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
1.157     nicm     1872: .Pp
                   1873: The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
                   1874: For instance, typing
                   1875: .Ql f
                   1876: followed by
                   1877: .Ql /
                   1878: will move the cursor to the next
                   1879: .Ql /
                   1880: character on the current line.
                   1881: A
                   1882: .Ql \&;
                   1883: will then jump to the next occurrence.
1.1       nicm     1884: .Pp
1.155     nicm     1885: Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
                   1886: With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
                   1887: emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
                   1888: .Pp
1.164     nicm     1889: The synopsis for the
                   1890: .Ic copy-mode
                   1891: command is:
1.57      jmc      1892: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1893: .It Xo Ic copy-mode
1.720     nicm     1894: .Op Fl eHMqu
1.735     nicm     1895: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.72      nicm     1896: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      1897: .Xc
                   1898: Enter copy mode.
                   1899: The
                   1900: .Fl u
                   1901: option scrolls one page up.
1.419     nicm     1902: .Fl M
                   1903: begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      1904: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.716     nicm     1905: .Fl H
                   1906: hides the position indicator in the top right.
1.720     nicm     1907: .Fl q
                   1908: cancels copy mode and any other modes.
1.735     nicm     1909: .Fl s
                   1910: copies from
                   1911: .Ar src-pane
                   1912: instead of
1.736     nicm     1913: .Ar target-pane .
1.716     nicm     1914: .Pp
1.450     nicm     1915: .Fl e
                   1916: specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
                   1917: should exit copy mode.
                   1918: While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
                   1919: disable this behaviour.
                   1920: This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
                   1921: example with:
                   1922: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1923: bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
                   1924: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1925: .El
1.18      nicm     1926: .Pp
1.679     nicm     1927: A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called layouts.
1.38      nicm     1928: These may be selected with the
                   1929: .Ic select-layout
                   1930: command or cycled with
                   1931: .Ic next-layout
                   1932: (bound to
1.149     nicm     1933: .Ql Space
1.131     nicm     1934: by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
                   1935: as normal.
1.1       nicm     1936: .Pp
                   1937: The following layouts are supported:
                   1938: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1939: .It Ic even-horizontal
                   1940: Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
                   1941: .It Ic even-vertical
                   1942: Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
1.2       nicm     1943: .It Ic main-horizontal
1.131     nicm     1944: A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
                   1945: are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
1.2       nicm     1946: Use the
                   1947: .Em main-pane-height
                   1948: window option to specify the height of the top pane.
1.1       nicm     1949: .It Ic main-vertical
1.2       nicm     1950: Similar to
                   1951: .Ic main-horizontal
                   1952: but the large pane is placed on the left and the others spread from top to
                   1953: bottom along the right.
                   1954: See the
                   1955: .Em main-pane-width
                   1956: window option.
1.165     nicm     1957: .It Ic tiled
                   1958: Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
                   1959: columns.
1.1       nicm     1960: .El
1.8       nicm     1961: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1962: In addition,
                   1963: .Ic select-layout
                   1964: may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
                   1965: .Ic list-windows
                   1966: command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
                   1967: .Ic select-layout .
                   1968: For example:
                   1969: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1970: $ tmux list-windows
                   1971: 0: ksh [159x48]
                   1972:     layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
                   1973: $ tmux select-layout bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
                   1974: .Ed
1.196     nicm     1975: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1976: .Nm
                   1977: automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
                   1978: Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
                   1979: from which the layout was originally defined.
                   1980: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1981: Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
                   1982: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1983: .Tg breakp
1.57      jmc      1984: .It Xo Ic break-pane
1.784     nicm     1985: .Op Fl abdP
1.280     nicm     1986: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.532     nicm     1987: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
1.440     nicm     1988: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.480     nicm     1989: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
1.57      jmc      1990: .Xc
1.870     kn       1991: .D1 Pq alias: Ic breakp
1.57      jmc      1992: Break
1.440     nicm     1993: .Ar src-pane
                   1994: off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
                   1995: .Ar dst-window .
1.749     nicm     1996: With
1.784     nicm     1997: .Fl a
                   1998: or
                   1999: .Fl b ,
                   2000: the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
                   2001: moved if necessary).
1.57      jmc      2002: If
                   2003: .Fl d
                   2004: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.280     nicm     2005: The
                   2006: .Fl P
                   2007: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2008: By default, it uses the format
1.798     nicm     2009: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
1.280     nicm     2010: but a different format may be specified with
                   2011: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2012: .Tg capturep
1.128     nicm     2013: .It Xo Ic capture-pane
1.902   ! nicm     2014: .Op Fl aAepPqCJN
1.392     nicm     2015: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.213     nicm     2016: .Op Fl E Ar end-line
                   2017: .Op Fl S Ar start-line
1.128     nicm     2018: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2019: .Xc
1.870     kn       2020: .D1 Pq alias: Ic capturep
1.322     nicm     2021: Capture the contents of a pane.
                   2022: If
                   2023: .Fl p
1.325     nicm     2024: is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
1.322     nicm     2025: .Fl b
                   2026: or a new buffer if omitted.
1.339     nicm     2027: If
                   2028: .Fl a
                   2029: is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
1.340     nicm     2030: If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
                   2031: .Fl q
                   2032: is given.
1.326     nicm     2033: If
                   2034: .Fl e
1.328     nicm     2035: is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
                   2036: attributes.
                   2037: .Fl C
1.330     nicm     2038: also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
1.902   ! nicm     2039: .Fl T
        !          2040: ignores trailing positions that do not contain a character.
1.680     nicm     2041: .Fl N
                   2042: preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
1.328     nicm     2043: .Fl J
1.902   ! nicm     2044: preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines;
        !          2045: .Fl J
        !          2046: implies
        !          2047: .Fl T .
1.346     nicm     2048: .Fl P
                   2049: captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
                   2050: as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
1.213     nicm     2051: .Pp
                   2052: .Fl S
                   2053: and
                   2054: .Fl E
                   2055: specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
                   2056: visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
1.397     nicm     2057: .Ql -
                   2058: to
                   2059: .Fl S
                   2060: is the start of the history and to
                   2061: .Fl E
                   2062: the end of the visible pane.
1.213     nicm     2063: The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
1.76      nicm     2064: .It Xo
                   2065: .Ic choose-client
1.682     nicm     2066: .Op Fl NrZ
1.572     nicm     2067: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2068: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2069: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2070: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2071: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2072: .Op Ar template
                   2073: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2074: Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
                   2075: a list.
1.833     nicm     2076: Each client is shown on one line.
                   2077: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2078: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2079: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     2080: .Fl Z
                   2081: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2082: The following keys may be used in client mode:
                   2083: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2084: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2085: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
                   2086: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
                   2087: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
1.559     nicm     2088: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2089: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2090: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
                   2091: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
                   2092: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
                   2093: .It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
                   2094: .It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
                   2095: .It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
                   2096: .It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
                   2097: .It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
                   2098: .It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
1.562     nicm     2099: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     2100: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2101: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2102: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2103: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2104: .El
                   2105: .Pp
1.76      nicm     2106: After a client is chosen,
                   2107: .Ql %%
1.555     nicm     2108: is replaced by the client name in
1.76      nicm     2109: .Ar template
                   2110: and the result executed as a command.
                   2111: If
                   2112: .Ar template
                   2113: is not given, "detach-client -t '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     2114: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2115: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2116: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2117: .Ql name ,
                   2118: .Ql size ,
1.895     nicm     2119: .Ql creation
                   2120: (time),
1.561     nicm     2121: or
1.895     nicm     2122: .Ql activity
                   2123: (time).
1.682     nicm     2124: .Fl r
                   2125: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2126: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2127: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2128: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2129: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2130: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2131: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   2132: .Fl K
                   2133: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2134: .Fl N
                   2135: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     2136: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.76      nicm     2137: .It Xo
1.555     nicm     2138: .Ic choose-tree
1.682     nicm     2139: .Op Fl GNrswZ
1.572     nicm     2140: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2141: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2142: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2143: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2144: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2145: .Op Ar template
                   2146: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2147: Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
1.833     nicm     2148: interactively from a tree.
                   2149: Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
                   2150: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2151: or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2152: the keys below.
1.298     nicm     2153: .Fl s
1.555     nicm     2154: starts with sessions collapsed and
1.298     nicm     2155: .Fl w
1.555     nicm     2156: with windows collapsed.
1.593     nicm     2157: .Fl Z
                   2158: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2159: The following keys may be used in tree mode:
                   2160: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2161: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2162: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   2163: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2164: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
1.763     nicm     2165: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2166: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2167: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2168: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
1.594     nicm     2169: .It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
                   2170: .It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
1.566     nicm     2171: .It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
                   2172: .It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
1.559     nicm     2173: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
1.749     nicm     2174: .It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
                   2175: .It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
1.559     nicm     2176: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2177: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2178: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2179: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
1.557     nicm     2180: .It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
1.555     nicm     2181: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.749     nicm     2182: .It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
1.682     nicm     2183: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2184: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2185: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2186: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2187: .El
1.320     nicm     2188: .Pp
1.844     nicm     2189: After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
1.76      nicm     2190: .Ql %%
1.844     nicm     2191: and all instances of
                   2192: .Ql %1
                   2193: are replaced by the target in
1.76      nicm     2194: .Ar template
                   2195: and the result executed as a command.
                   2196: If
                   2197: .Ar template
1.555     nicm     2198: is not given, "switch-client -t '%%'" is used.
                   2199: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2200: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2201: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2202: .Ql index ,
                   2203: .Ql name ,
                   2204: or
1.895     nicm     2205: .Ql time
                   2206: (activity).
1.682     nicm     2207: .Fl r
                   2208: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2209: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2210: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2211: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2212: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2213: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2214: specifies the format for each item in the tree and
                   2215: .Fl K
                   2216: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2217: .Fl N
                   2218: starts without the preview.
1.586     nicm     2219: .Fl G
                   2220: includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
                   2221: first.
1.766     nicm     2222: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
                   2223: .It Xo
                   2224: .Ic customize-mode
                   2225: .Op Fl NZ
                   2226: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   2227: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   2228: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2229: .Op Ar template
                   2230: .Xc
                   2231: Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
                   2232: and modified from a list.
                   2233: Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
                   2234: .Fl Z
                   2235: zooms the pane.
                   2236: The following keys may be used in customize mode:
                   2237: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2238: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2239: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
                   2240: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2241: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   2242: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2243: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2244: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2245: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
                   2246: .It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
                   2247: .It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
                   2248: .It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
1.785     nicm     2249: .It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
                   2250: .It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
1.766     nicm     2251: .It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
                   2252: .It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
                   2253: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2254: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
                   2255: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2256: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2257: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
                   2258: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
                   2259: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
                   2260: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2261: .El
                   2262: .Pp
                   2263: .Fl f
                   2264: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2265: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2266: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
                   2267: .Fl F
                   2268: specifies the format for each item in the tree.
                   2269: .Fl N
                   2270: starts without the option information.
1.314     nicm     2271: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.491     nicm     2272: .It Xo
1.858     kn       2273: .Tg displayp
1.491     nicm     2274: .Ic display-panes
1.804     nicm     2275: .Op Fl bN
1.573     nicm     2276: .Op Fl d Ar duration
1.491     nicm     2277: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   2278: .Op Ar template
                   2279: .Xc
1.870     kn       2280: .D1 Pq alias: Ic displayp
1.78      nicm     2281: Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
                   2282: .Ar target-client .
                   2283: See the
1.573     nicm     2284: .Ic display-panes-colour
1.78      nicm     2285: and
1.145     nicm     2286: .Ic display-panes-active-colour
1.78      nicm     2287: session options.
1.804     nicm     2288: The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
1.805     nicm     2289: .Fl N
                   2290: is given) or
1.573     nicm     2291: .Ar duration
                   2292: milliseconds have passed.
                   2293: If
                   2294: .Fl d
                   2295: is not given,
                   2296: .Ic display-panes-time
                   2297: is used.
                   2298: A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
1.491     nicm     2299: While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
1.84      nicm     2300: .Ql 0
                   2301: to
                   2302: .Ql 9
1.491     nicm     2303: keys, which will cause
                   2304: .Ar template
                   2305: to be executed as a command with
                   2306: .Ql %%
                   2307: substituted by the pane ID.
                   2308: The default
                   2309: .Ar template
                   2310: is "select-pane -t '%%'".
1.616     nicm     2311: With
                   2312: .Fl b ,
                   2313: other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
1.858     kn       2314: .Tg findw
1.57      jmc      2315: .It Xo Ic find-window
1.775     nicm     2316: .Op Fl iCNrTZ
1.555     nicm     2317: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2318: .Ar match-string
                   2319: .Xc
1.870     kn       2320: .D1 Pq alias: Ic findw
1.670     nicm     2321: Search for a
1.57      jmc      2322: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.670     nicm     2323: pattern or, with
                   2324: .Fl r ,
                   2325: regular expression
1.57      jmc      2326: .Ar match-string
                   2327: in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
1.285     nicm     2328: The flags control matching behavior:
                   2329: .Fl C
                   2330: matches only visible window contents,
                   2331: .Fl N
                   2332: matches only the window name and
                   2333: .Fl T
                   2334: matches only the window title.
1.775     nicm     2335: .Fl i
                   2336: makes the search ignore case.
1.285     nicm     2337: The default is
                   2338: .Fl CNT .
1.608     nicm     2339: .Fl Z
                   2340: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2341: .Pp
1.314     nicm     2342: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       2343: .Tg joinp
1.137     nicm     2344: .It Xo Ic join-pane
1.697     nicm     2345: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2346: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.137     nicm     2347: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2348: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2349: .Xc
1.870     kn       2350: .D1 Pq alias: Ic joinp
1.137     nicm     2351: Like
                   2352: .Ic split-window ,
                   2353: but instead of splitting
                   2354: .Ar dst-pane
                   2355: and creating a new pane, split it and move
                   2356: .Ar src-pane
                   2357: into the space.
                   2358: This can be used to reverse
                   2359: .Ic break-pane .
1.277     nicm     2360: The
                   2361: .Fl b
                   2362: option causes
                   2363: .Ar src-pane
                   2364: to be joined to left of or above
                   2365: .Ar dst-pane .
1.432     nicm     2366: .Pp
                   2367: If
                   2368: .Fl s
                   2369: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2370: .Ic select-pane
                   2371: .Fl m ) ,
                   2372: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2373: .Tg killp
1.112     nicm     2374: .It Xo Ic kill-pane
                   2375: .Op Fl a
                   2376: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2377: .Xc
1.870     kn       2378: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killp
1.57      jmc      2379: Destroy the given pane.
                   2380: If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
1.112     nicm     2381: The
                   2382: .Fl a
                   2383: option kills all but the pane given with
                   2384: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2385: .Tg killw
1.289     nicm     2386: .It Xo Ic kill-window
                   2387: .Op Fl a
                   2388: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2389: .Xc
1.870     kn       2390: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killw
1.57      jmc      2391: Kill the current window or the window at
                   2392: .Ar target-window ,
1.1       nicm     2393: removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
1.289     nicm     2394: The
                   2395: .Fl a
                   2396: option kills all but the window given with
                   2397: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2398: .Tg lastp
1.398     nicm     2399: .It Xo Ic last-pane
1.681     nicm     2400: .Op Fl deZ
1.398     nicm     2401: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2402: .Xc
1.870     kn       2403: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lastp
1.187     nicm     2404: Select the last (previously selected) pane.
1.681     nicm     2405: .Fl Z
                   2406: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.398     nicm     2407: .Fl e
                   2408: enables or
                   2409: .Fl d
                   2410: disables input to the pane.
1.858     kn       2411: .Tg last
1.56      jmc      2412: .It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       2413: .D1 Pq alias: Ic last
1.1       nicm     2414: Select the last (previously selected) window.
                   2415: If no
                   2416: .Ar target-session
                   2417: is specified, select the last window of the current session.
1.858     kn       2418: .Tg link
1.1       nicm     2419: .It Xo Ic link-window
1.784     nicm     2420: .Op Fl abdk
1.1       nicm     2421: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2422: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2423: .Xc
1.870     kn       2424: .D1 Pq alias: Ic linkw
1.1       nicm     2425: Link the window at
                   2426: .Ar src-window
                   2427: to the specified
                   2428: .Ar dst-window .
                   2429: If
                   2430: .Ar dst-window
                   2431: is specified and no such window exists, the
                   2432: .Ar src-window
                   2433: is linked there.
1.439     nicm     2434: With
1.784     nicm     2435: .Fl a
                   2436: or
                   2437: .Fl b
                   2438: the window is moved to the next index after or before
                   2439: .Ar dst-window
                   2440: (existing windows are moved if necessary).
1.1       nicm     2441: If
                   2442: .Fl k
                   2443: is given and
                   2444: .Ar dst-window
                   2445: exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
                   2446: If
                   2447: .Fl d
                   2448: is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
1.858     kn       2449: .Tg lsp
1.214     nicm     2450: .It Xo Ic list-panes
                   2451: .Op Fl as
1.245     nicm     2452: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2453: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2454: .Op Fl t Ar target
                   2455: .Xc
1.870     kn       2456: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsp
1.214     nicm     2457: If
                   2458: .Fl a
                   2459: is given,
                   2460: .Ar target
                   2461: is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
                   2462: If
                   2463: .Fl s
                   2464: is given,
                   2465: .Ar target
                   2466: is a session (or the current session).
                   2467: If neither is given,
                   2468: .Ar target
                   2469: is a window (or the current window).
1.247     nicm     2470: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2471: specifies the format of each line and
                   2472: .Fl f
                   2473: a filter.
                   2474: Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2475: See the
1.247     nicm     2476: .Sx FORMATS
                   2477: section.
1.858     kn       2478: .Tg lsw
1.214     nicm     2479: .It Xo Ic list-windows
                   2480: .Op Fl a
1.245     nicm     2481: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2482: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2483: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2484: .Xc
1.870     kn       2485: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsw
1.214     nicm     2486: If
                   2487: .Fl a
                   2488: is given, list all windows on the server.
                   2489: Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
1.1       nicm     2490: .Ar target-session .
1.245     nicm     2491: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2492: specifies the format of each line and
                   2493: .Fl f
                   2494: a filter.
                   2495: Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2496: See the
1.245     nicm     2497: .Sx FORMATS
                   2498: section.
1.858     kn       2499: .Tg movep
1.277     nicm     2500: .It Xo Ic move-pane
1.749     nicm     2501: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2502: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.277     nicm     2503: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2504: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2505: .Xc
1.870     kn       2506: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movep
1.749     nicm     2507: Does the same as
                   2508: .Ic join-pane .
1.858     kn       2509: .Tg movew
1.1       nicm     2510: .It Xo Ic move-window
1.784     nicm     2511: .Op Fl abrdk
1.1       nicm     2512: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2513: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2514: .Xc
1.870     kn       2515: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movew
1.1       nicm     2516: This is similar to
                   2517: .Ic link-window ,
                   2518: except the window at
                   2519: .Ar src-window
                   2520: is moved to
                   2521: .Ar dst-window .
1.291     nicm     2522: With
                   2523: .Fl r ,
                   2524: all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
                   2525: the
                   2526: .Ic base-index
                   2527: option.
1.858     kn       2528: .Tg neww
1.1       nicm     2529: .It Xo Ic new-window
1.817     nicm     2530: .Op Fl abdkPS
1.272     nicm     2531: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2532: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.351     nicm     2533: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.1       nicm     2534: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   2535: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2536: .Op Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2537: .Xc
1.870     kn       2538: .D1 Pq alias: Ic neww
1.1       nicm     2539: Create a new window.
1.160     nicm     2540: With
1.784     nicm     2541: .Fl a
                   2542: or
                   2543: .Fl b ,
                   2544: the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
1.160     nicm     2545: .Ar target-window ,
1.784     nicm     2546: moving windows up if necessary;
1.160     nicm     2547: otherwise
                   2548: .Ar target-window
                   2549: is the new window location.
                   2550: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2551: If
                   2552: .Fl d
                   2553: is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
                   2554: .Ar target-window
1.28      nicm     2555: represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
                   2556: shown, unless the
                   2557: .Fl k
                   2558: flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
1.817     nicm     2559: If
                   2560: .Fl S
                   2561: is given and a window named
                   2562: .Ar window-name
                   2563: already exists, it is selected (unless
                   2564: .Fl d
                   2565: is also given in which case the command does nothing).
                   2566: .Pp
1.153     nicm     2567: .Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2568: is the command to execute.
                   2569: If
1.153     nicm     2570: .Ar shell-command
                   2571: is not specified, the value of the
                   2572: .Ic default-command
                   2573: option is used.
1.272     nicm     2574: .Fl c
                   2575: specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
1.153     nicm     2576: .Pp
                   2577: When the shell command completes, the window closes.
                   2578: See the
                   2579: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2580: option to change this behaviour.
1.1       nicm     2581: .Pp
1.641     nicm     2582: .Fl e
                   2583: takes the form
                   2584: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   2585: and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
                   2586: specified multiple times.
                   2587: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2588: The
                   2589: .Ev TERM
                   2590: environment variable must be set to
1.523     nicm     2591: .Ql screen
                   2592: or
                   2593: .Ql tmux
1.1       nicm     2594: for all programs running
                   2595: .Em inside
                   2596: .Nm .
                   2597: New windows will automatically have
1.523     nicm     2598: .Ql TERM=screen
1.1       nicm     2599: added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
1.641     nicm     2600: start-up files or by the
                   2601: .Fl e
                   2602: option.
1.201     nicm     2603: .Pp
                   2604: The
                   2605: .Fl P
1.279     nicm     2606: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2607: By default, it uses the format
                   2608: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
                   2609: but a different format may be specified with
                   2610: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2611: .Tg nextl
1.56      jmc      2612: .It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.870     kn       2613: .D1 Pq alias: Ic nextl
1.1       nicm     2614: Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
1.858     kn       2615: .Tg next
1.1       nicm     2616: .It Xo Ic next-window
1.9       nicm     2617: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2618: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2619: .Xc
1.870     kn       2620: .D1 Pq alias: Ic next
1.1       nicm     2621: Move to the next window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2622: If
1.12      jmc      2623: .Fl a
1.295     nicm     2624: is used, move to the next window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2625: .Tg pipep
1.107     nicm     2626: .It Xo Ic pipe-pane
1.591     nicm     2627: .Op Fl IOo
1.107     nicm     2628: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2629: .Op Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2630: .Xc
1.870     kn       2631: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pipep
1.591     nicm     2632: Pipe output sent by the program in
1.107     nicm     2633: .Ar target-pane
1.591     nicm     2634: to a shell command or vice versa.
                   2635: A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
1.107     nicm     2636: closed before
1.153     nicm     2637: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2638: is executed.
1.174     nicm     2639: The
                   2640: .Ar shell-command
                   2641: string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   2642: .Ic status-left
1.231     nicm     2643: option.
1.107     nicm     2644: If no
1.153     nicm     2645: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2646: is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
1.591     nicm     2647: .Pp
                   2648: .Fl I
                   2649: and
                   2650: .Fl O
                   2651: specify which of the
                   2652: .Ar shell-command
                   2653: output streams are connected to the pane:
                   2654: with
                   2655: .Fl I
                   2656: stdout is connected (so anything
                   2657: .Ar shell-command
                   2658: prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
                   2659: with
                   2660: .Fl O
                   2661: stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
                   2662: .Ar shell-command ) .
                   2663: Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
                   2664: .Fl O
                   2665: is used.
1.107     nicm     2666: .Pp
                   2667: The
                   2668: .Fl o
                   2669: option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
                   2670: be toggled with a single key, for example:
                   2671: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.174     nicm     2672: bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o 'cat >>~/output.#I-#P'
1.107     nicm     2673: .Ed
1.858     kn       2674: .Tg prevl
1.176     nicm     2675: .It Xo Ic previous-layout
                   2676: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2677: .Xc
1.870     kn       2678: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prevl
1.176     nicm     2679: Move to the previous layout in the session.
1.858     kn       2680: .Tg prev
1.1       nicm     2681: .It Xo Ic previous-window
1.9       nicm     2682: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2683: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2684: .Xc
1.870     kn       2685: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prev
1.1       nicm     2686: Move to the previous window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2687: With
                   2688: .Fl a ,
1.295     nicm     2689: move to the previous window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2690: .Tg renamew
1.1       nicm     2691: .It Xo Ic rename-window
                   2692: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2693: .Ar new-name
                   2694: .Xc
1.870     kn       2695: .D1 Pq alias: Ic renamew
1.1       nicm     2696: Rename the current window, or the window at
                   2697: .Ar target-window
                   2698: if specified, to
                   2699: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       2700: .Tg resizep
1.1       nicm     2701: .It Xo Ic resize-pane
1.727     nicm     2702: .Op Fl DLMRTUZ
1.52      nicm     2703: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.324     nicm     2704: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2705: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.1       nicm     2706: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2707: .Xc
1.870     kn       2708: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizep
1.324     nicm     2709: Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
                   2710: .Ar adjustment
                   2711: with
                   2712: .Fl U ,
1.57      jmc      2713: .Fl D ,
                   2714: .Fl L
1.324     nicm     2715: or
                   2716: .Fl R ,
                   2717: or
                   2718: to an absolute size
                   2719: with
                   2720: .Fl x
                   2721: or
                   2722: .Fl y .
1.57      jmc      2723: The
                   2724: .Ar adjustment
1.690     nicm     2725: is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
                   2726: .Fl x
                   2727: and
                   2728: .Fl y
                   2729: may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
                   2730: .Ql %
                   2731: for a percentage of the window size (for example
                   2732: .Ql -x 10% ) .
1.337     nicm     2733: With
                   2734: .Fl Z ,
1.349     nicm     2735: the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
                   2736: and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
1.419     nicm     2737: .Pp
                   2738: .Fl M
                   2739: begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2740: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.729     nicm     2741: .Pp
                   2742: .Fl T
1.727     nicm     2743: trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
                   2744: history to replace them.
1.858     kn       2745: .Tg resizew
1.629     nicm     2746: .It Xo Ic resize-window
                   2747: .Op Fl aADLRU
                   2748: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2749: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2750: .Op Fl y Ar height
                   2751: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2752: .Xc
1.870     kn       2753: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizew
1.629     nicm     2754: Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
                   2755: .Ar adjustment
                   2756: with
                   2757: .Fl U ,
                   2758: .Fl D ,
                   2759: .Fl L
                   2760: or
                   2761: .Fl R ,
                   2762: or
                   2763: to an absolute size
                   2764: with
                   2765: .Fl x
                   2766: or
                   2767: .Fl y .
                   2768: The
                   2769: .Ar adjustment
                   2770: is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
                   2771: .Fl A
                   2772: sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
                   2773: .Fl a
                   2774: the size of the smallest.
                   2775: This command will automatically set
                   2776: .Ic window-size
                   2777: to manual in the window options.
1.858     kn       2778: .Tg respawnp
1.234     nicm     2779: .It Xo Ic respawn-pane
1.641     nicm     2780: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2781: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2782: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.234     nicm     2783: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2784: .Op Ar shell-command
                   2785: .Xc
1.870     kn       2786: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnp
1.234     nicm     2787: Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
                   2788: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2789: window option).
                   2790: If
                   2791: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2792: is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
                   2793: executed.
1.234     nicm     2794: The pane must be already inactive, unless
                   2795: .Fl k
                   2796: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2797: .Fl c
                   2798: specifies a new working directory for the pane.
1.641     nicm     2799: The
                   2800: .Fl e
                   2801: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2802: .Ic new-window
                   2803: command.
1.858     kn       2804: .Tg respawnw
1.57      jmc      2805: .It Xo Ic respawn-window
1.641     nicm     2806: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2807: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2808: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.57      jmc      2809: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2810: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      2811: .Xc
1.870     kn       2812: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnw
1.153     nicm     2813: Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
1.57      jmc      2814: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2815: window option).
                   2816: If
1.153     nicm     2817: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2818: is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
                   2819: executed.
1.57      jmc      2820: The window must be already inactive, unless
                   2821: .Fl k
                   2822: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2823: .Fl c
                   2824: specifies a new working directory for the window.
1.641     nicm     2825: The
                   2826: .Fl e
                   2827: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2828: .Ic new-window
                   2829: command.
1.858     kn       2830: .Tg rotatew
1.57      jmc      2831: .It Xo Ic rotate-window
1.681     nicm     2832: .Op Fl DUZ
1.57      jmc      2833: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2834: .Xc
1.870     kn       2835: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rotatew
1.57      jmc      2836: Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
                   2837: lower) with
                   2838: .Fl U
                   2839: or downward (numerically higher).
1.681     nicm     2840: .Fl Z
                   2841: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.858     kn       2842: .Tg selectl
1.57      jmc      2843: .It Xo Ic select-layout
1.588     nicm     2844: .Op Fl Enop
                   2845: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2846: .Op Ar layout-name
                   2847: .Xc
1.870     kn       2848: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectl
1.57      jmc      2849: Choose a specific layout for a window.
                   2850: If
                   2851: .Ar layout-name
1.181     nicm     2852: is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
1.204     nicm     2853: .Fl n
                   2854: and
                   2855: .Fl p
                   2856: are equivalent to the
                   2857: .Ic next-layout
                   2858: and
                   2859: .Ic previous-layout
                   2860: commands.
1.424     nicm     2861: .Fl o
                   2862: applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
1.588     nicm     2863: .Fl E
                   2864: spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
1.858     kn       2865: .Tg selectp
1.156     nicm     2866: .It Xo Ic select-pane
1.681     nicm     2867: .Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
1.577     nicm     2868: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.156     nicm     2869: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2870: .Xc
1.870     kn       2871: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectp
1.57      jmc      2872: Make pane
                   2873: .Ar target-pane
1.774     nicm     2874: the active pane in its window.
1.156     nicm     2875: If one of
                   2876: .Fl D ,
                   2877: .Fl L ,
                   2878: .Fl R ,
                   2879: or
                   2880: .Fl U
                   2881: is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
                   2882: target pane is used.
1.681     nicm     2883: .Fl Z
                   2884: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.204     nicm     2885: .Fl l
                   2886: is the same as using the
                   2887: .Ic last-pane
                   2888: command.
1.398     nicm     2889: .Fl e
                   2890: enables or
                   2891: .Fl d
                   2892: disables input to the pane.
1.668     nicm     2893: .Fl T
                   2894: sets the pane title.
1.418     nicm     2895: .Pp
1.432     nicm     2896: .Fl m
                   2897: and
                   2898: .Fl M
                   2899: are used to set and clear the
                   2900: .Em marked pane .
                   2901: There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
                   2902: The marked pane is the default target for
                   2903: .Fl s
                   2904: to
                   2905: .Ic join-pane ,
1.783     nicm     2906: .Ic move-pane ,
1.432     nicm     2907: .Ic swap-pane
                   2908: and
                   2909: .Ic swap-window .
1.858     kn       2910: .Tg selectw
1.204     nicm     2911: .It Xo Ic select-window
1.310     nicm     2912: .Op Fl lnpT
1.204     nicm     2913: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2914: .Xc
1.870     kn       2915: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectw
1.57      jmc      2916: Select the window at
                   2917: .Ar target-window .
1.204     nicm     2918: .Fl l ,
                   2919: .Fl n
                   2920: and
                   2921: .Fl p
                   2922: are equivalent to the
                   2923: .Ic last-window ,
                   2924: .Ic next-window
                   2925: and
                   2926: .Ic previous-window
                   2927: commands.
1.310     nicm     2928: If
                   2929: .Fl T
                   2930: is given and the selected window is already the current window,
                   2931: the command behaves like
                   2932: .Ic last-window .
1.858     kn       2933: .Tg splitw
1.57      jmc      2934: .It Xo Ic split-window
1.828     nicm     2935: .Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
1.272     nicm     2936: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2937: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.690     nicm     2938: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.136     nicm     2939: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2940: .Op Ar shell-command
1.279     nicm     2941: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      2942: .Xc
1.870     kn       2943: .D1 Pq alias: Ic splitw
1.136     nicm     2944: Create a new pane by splitting
                   2945: .Ar target-pane :
1.57      jmc      2946: .Fl h
                   2947: does a horizontal split and
                   2948: .Fl v
                   2949: a vertical split; if neither is specified,
                   2950: .Fl v
                   2951: is assumed.
                   2952: The
                   2953: .Fl l
1.690     nicm     2954: option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
                   2955: columns (for horizontal split);
                   2956: .Ar size
                   2957: may be followed by
                   2958: .Ql %
                   2959: to specify a percentage of the available space.
1.408     nicm     2960: The
                   2961: .Fl b
                   2962: option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
                   2963: .Ar target-pane .
1.494     nicm     2964: The
                   2965: .Fl f
                   2966: option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
                   2967: .Fl h )
                   2968: or full window width (with
                   2969: .Fl v ) ,
                   2970: instead of splitting the active pane.
1.828     nicm     2971: .Fl Z
                   2972: zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
1.643     nicm     2973: .Pp
                   2974: An empty
                   2975: .Ar shell-command
                   2976: ('') will create a pane with no command running in it.
                   2977: Output can be sent to such a pane with the
                   2978: .Ic display-message
                   2979: command.
                   2980: The
                   2981: .Fl I
                   2982: flag (if
                   2983: .Ar shell-command
                   2984: is not specified or empty)
                   2985: will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
                   2986: For example:
                   2987: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2988: $ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
                   2989: .Ed
                   2990: .Pp
1.136     nicm     2991: All other options have the same meaning as for the
1.57      jmc      2992: .Ic new-window
                   2993: command.
1.858     kn       2994: .Tg swapp
1.57      jmc      2995: .It Xo Ic swap-pane
1.681     nicm     2996: .Op Fl dDUZ
1.57      jmc      2997: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2998: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2999: .Xc
1.870     kn       3000: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapp
1.57      jmc      3001: Swap two panes.
                   3002: If
                   3003: .Fl U
                   3004: is used and no source pane is specified with
                   3005: .Fl s ,
                   3006: .Ar dst-pane
                   3007: is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
                   3008: .Fl D
                   3009: swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
1.138     nicm     3010: .Fl d
                   3011: instructs
                   3012: .Nm
1.681     nicm     3013: not to change the active pane and
                   3014: .Fl Z
                   3015: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.432     nicm     3016: .Pp
                   3017: If
                   3018: .Fl s
                   3019: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3020: .Ic select-pane
                   3021: .Fl m ) ,
                   3022: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       3023: .Tg swapw
1.57      jmc      3024: .It Xo Ic swap-window
                   3025: .Op Fl d
                   3026: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   3027: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   3028: .Xc
1.870     kn       3029: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapw
1.57      jmc      3030: This is similar to
                   3031: .Ic link-window ,
                   3032: except the source and destination windows are swapped.
                   3033: It is an error if no window exists at
                   3034: .Ar src-window .
1.705     nicm     3035: If
                   3036: .Fl d
                   3037: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.432     nicm     3038: .Pp
1.705     nicm     3039: If
1.432     nicm     3040: .Fl s
                   3041: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3042: .Ic select-pane
                   3043: .Fl m ) ,
                   3044: the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
1.858     kn       3045: .Tg unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3046: .It Xo Ic unlink-window
1.1       nicm     3047: .Op Fl k
                   3048: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3049: .Xc
1.870     kn       3050: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3051: Unlink
                   3052: .Ar target-window .
                   3053: Unless
                   3054: .Fl k
                   3055: is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
                   3056: windows may not be linked to no sessions;
                   3057: if
1.1       nicm     3058: .Fl k
1.57      jmc      3059: is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
                   3060: destroyed.
                   3061: .El
                   3062: .Sh KEY BINDINGS
1.93      nicm     3063: .Nm
                   3064: allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
                   3065: When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
                   3066: .Ql A
                   3067: to
1.95      jmc      3068: .Ql Z ) .
1.93      nicm     3069: Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
                   3070: .Ql C-
                   3071: or
1.95      jmc      3072: .Ql ^ ,
1.838     nicm     3073: Shift keys with
                   3074: .Ql S-
1.95      jmc      3075: and Alt (meta) with
1.93      nicm     3076: .Ql M- .
                   3077: In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
1.126     nicm     3078: .Em Up ,
                   3079: .Em Down ,
                   3080: .Em Left ,
                   3081: .Em Right ,
1.93      nicm     3082: .Em BSpace ,
                   3083: .Em BTab ,
                   3084: .Em DC
                   3085: (Delete),
                   3086: .Em End ,
                   3087: .Em Enter ,
                   3088: .Em Escape ,
                   3089: .Em F1
                   3090: to
1.402     nicm     3091: .Em F12 ,
1.93      nicm     3092: .Em Home ,
                   3093: .Em IC
                   3094: (Insert),
1.254     nicm     3095: .Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
                   3096: .Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
1.93      nicm     3097: .Em Space ,
                   3098: and
                   3099: .Em Tab .
                   3100: Note that to bind the
                   3101: .Ql \&"
                   3102: or
                   3103: .Ql '
                   3104: keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
                   3105: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3106: bind-key '"' split-window
1.167     nicm     3107: bind-key "'" new-window
1.93      nicm     3108: .Ed
1.693     nicm     3109: .Pp
                   3110: A command bound to the
                   3111: .Em Any
                   3112: key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
1.93      nicm     3113: .Pp
1.57      jmc      3114: Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
                   3115: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3116: .Tg bind
1.57      jmc      3117: .It Xo Ic bind-key
1.501     nicm     3118: .Op Fl nr
1.706     nicm     3119: .Op Fl N Ar note
1.421     nicm     3120: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.750     jmc      3121: .Ar key command Op Ar arguments
1.1       nicm     3122: .Xc
1.870     kn       3123: .D1 Pq alias: Ic bind
1.57      jmc      3124: Bind key
                   3125: .Ar key
                   3126: to
                   3127: .Ar command .
1.421     nicm     3128: Keys are bound in a key table.
                   3129: By default (without -T), the key is bound in
                   3130: the
                   3131: .Em prefix
                   3132: key table.
                   3133: This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
                   3134: by default
                   3135: .Ql c
                   3136: is bound to
                   3137: .Ic new-window
                   3138: in the
                   3139: .Em prefix
                   3140: table, so
                   3141: .Ql C-b c
                   3142: creates a new window).
                   3143: The
                   3144: .Em root
                   3145: table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
                   3146: .Ql c
                   3147: to
                   3148: .Ic new-window
                   3149: in the
                   3150: .Em root
                   3151: table (not recommended) means a plain
                   3152: .Ql c
                   3153: will create a new window.
1.57      jmc      3154: .Fl n
1.421     nicm     3155: is an alias
                   3156: for
                   3157: .Fl T Ar root .
                   3158: Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
                   3159: .Ic switch-client
                   3160: .Fl T
                   3161: command used to switch to them from a key binding.
1.1       nicm     3162: The
1.57      jmc      3163: .Fl r
                   3164: flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
                   3165: .Ic repeat-time
                   3166: option.
1.706     nicm     3167: .Fl N
                   3168: attaches a note to the key (shown with
                   3169: .Ic list-keys
                   3170: .Fl N ) .
1.57      jmc      3171: .Pp
                   3172: To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
                   3173: .Ic list-keys
                   3174: command.
1.858     kn       3175: .Tg lsk
1.421     nicm     3176: .It Xo Ic list-keys
1.712     nicm     3177: .Op Fl 1aN
1.706     nicm     3178: .Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
1.731     nicm     3179: .Op Ar key
1.421     nicm     3180: .Xc
1.870     kn       3181: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsk
1.710     nicm     3182: List key bindings.
                   3183: There are two forms: the default lists keys as
1.706     nicm     3184: .Ic bind-key
1.710     nicm     3185: commands;
                   3186: .Fl N
                   3187: lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
                   3188: key.
                   3189: .Pp
                   3190: With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
                   3191: .Fl T
                   3192: lists only keys in
                   3193: .Ar key-table .
                   3194: .Pp
                   3195: With the
1.706     nicm     3196: .Fl N
1.710     nicm     3197: form, only keys in the
1.706     nicm     3198: .Em root
                   3199: and
                   3200: .Em prefix
1.710     nicm     3201: key tables are listed by default;
                   3202: .Fl T
                   3203: also lists only keys in
                   3204: .Ar key-table .
1.706     nicm     3205: .Fl P
1.710     nicm     3206: specifies a prefix to print before each key and
1.706     nicm     3207: .Fl 1
1.710     nicm     3208: lists only the first matching key.
1.712     nicm     3209: .Fl a
1.787     nicm     3210: lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
1.858     kn       3211: .Tg send
1.57      jmc      3212: .It Xo Ic send-keys
1.694     nicm     3213: .Op Fl FHlMRX
1.497     nicm     3214: .Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
1.72      nicm     3215: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      3216: .Ar key Ar ...
1.1       nicm     3217: .Xc
1.870     kn       3218: .D1 Pq alias: Ic send
1.57      jmc      3219: Send a key or keys to a window.
                   3220: Each argument
                   3221: .Ar key
                   3222: is the name of the key (such as
                   3223: .Ql C-a
                   3224: or
1.523     nicm     3225: .Ql NPage )
                   3226: to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
1.57      jmc      3227: characters.
1.676     nicm     3228: All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
1.856     nicm     3229: If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
1.676     nicm     3230: .Pp
1.273     nicm     3231: The
                   3232: .Fl l
1.676     nicm     3233: flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
                   3234: characters.
                   3235: The
                   3236: .Fl H
                   3237: flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
                   3238: .Pp
1.265     nicm     3239: The
                   3240: .Fl R
                   3241: flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
1.419     nicm     3242: .Pp
                   3243: .Fl M
                   3244: passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      3245: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.497     nicm     3246: .Pp
                   3247: .Fl X
                   3248: is used to send a command into copy mode - see
                   3249: the
                   3250: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   3251: section.
                   3252: .Fl N
1.694     nicm     3253: specifies a repeat count and
                   3254: .Fl F
                   3255: expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
1.267     nicm     3256: .It Xo Ic send-prefix
                   3257: .Op Fl 2
                   3258: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3259: .Xc
                   3260: Send the prefix key, or with
                   3261: .Fl 2
                   3262: the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
1.858     kn       3263: .Tg unbind
1.57      jmc      3264: .It Xo Ic unbind-key
1.795     nicm     3265: .Op Fl anq
1.421     nicm     3266: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      3267: .Ar key
1.2       nicm     3268: .Xc
1.870     kn       3269: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unbind
1.57      jmc      3270: Unbind the command bound to
                   3271: .Ar key .
1.530     nicm     3272: .Fl n
                   3273: and
1.421     nicm     3274: .Fl T
                   3275: are the same as for
                   3276: .Ic bind-key .
1.189     nicm     3277: If
                   3278: .Fl a
                   3279: is present, all key bindings are removed.
1.795     nicm     3280: The
                   3281: .Fl q
                   3282: option prevents errors being returned.
1.57      jmc      3283: .El
                   3284: .Sh OPTIONS
                   3285: The appearance and behaviour of
                   3286: .Nm
                   3287: may be modified by changing the value of various options.
1.668     nicm     3288: There are four types of option:
1.133     nicm     3289: .Em server options ,
1.831     nicm     3290: .Em session options ,
                   3291: .Em window options ,
1.57      jmc      3292: and
1.668     nicm     3293: .Em pane options .
1.57      jmc      3294: .Pp
1.133     nicm     3295: The
                   3296: .Nm
1.686     nicm     3297: server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
1.668     nicm     3298: window or session or pane.
1.133     nicm     3299: These are altered with the
                   3300: .Ic set-option
                   3301: .Fl s
                   3302: command, or displayed with the
                   3303: .Ic show-options
                   3304: .Fl s
                   3305: command.
                   3306: .Pp
                   3307: In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
                   3308: there is a separate set of global session options.
1.57      jmc      3309: Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
                   3310: from the global session options.
                   3311: Session options are set or unset with the
                   3312: .Ic set-option
                   3313: command and may be listed with the
                   3314: .Ic show-options
                   3315: command.
1.133     nicm     3316: The available server and session options are listed under the
1.57      jmc      3317: .Ic set-option
                   3318: command.
                   3319: .Pp
1.668     nicm     3320: Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
                   3321: options to each pane.
                   3322: Pane options inherit from window options.
                   3323: This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
                   3324: all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
                   3325: set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
                   3326: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3327: set -w window-style bg=red
                   3328: set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
                   3329: .Ed
                   3330: .Pp
                   3331: There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
                   3332: pane options are inherited.
                   3333: Window and pane options are altered with
                   3334: .Ic set-option
                   3335: .Fl w
                   3336: and
                   3337: .Fl p
                   3338: commands and displayed with
                   3339: .Ic show-option
                   3340: .Fl w
                   3341: and
                   3342: .Fl p .
1.318     nicm     3343: .Pp
                   3344: .Nm
                   3345: also supports user options which are prefixed with a
                   3346: .Ql \&@ .
1.321     jmc      3347: User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
                   3348: .Ql \&@ ,
1.318     nicm     3349: and be set to any string.
1.418     nicm     3350: For example:
1.318     nicm     3351: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.774     nicm     3352: $ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
                   3353: $ tmux show -wv @foo
1.318     nicm     3354: abc123
                   3355: .Ed
1.57      jmc      3356: .Pp
                   3357: Commands which set options are as follows:
                   3358: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3359: .Tg set
1.1       nicm     3360: .It Xo Ic set-option
1.808     nicm     3361: .Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
1.668     nicm     3362: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.1       nicm     3363: .Ar option Ar value
                   3364: .Xc
1.870     kn       3365: .D1 Pq alias: Ic set
1.668     nicm     3366: Set a pane option with
                   3367: .Fl p ,
                   3368: a window option with
                   3369: .Fl w ,
1.133     nicm     3370: a server option with
                   3371: .Fl s ,
                   3372: otherwise a session option.
1.637     nicm     3373: If the option is not a user option,
                   3374: .Fl w
1.668     nicm     3375: or
1.637     nicm     3376: .Fl s
1.668     nicm     3377: may be unnecessary -
1.637     nicm     3378: .Nm
1.668     nicm     3379: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3380: .Fl w
                   3381: for pane options.
1.133     nicm     3382: If
                   3383: .Fl g
1.433     nicm     3384: is given, the global session or window option is set.
1.637     nicm     3385: .Pp
1.550     nicm     3386: .Fl F
                   3387: expands formats in the option value.
1.1       nicm     3388: The
                   3389: .Fl u
                   3390: flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
1.433     nicm     3391: options (or with
                   3392: .Fl g ,
                   3393: restores a global option to the default).
1.808     nicm     3394: .Fl U
                   3395: unsets an option (like
                   3396: .Fl u )
                   3397: but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
                   3398: window.
1.796     nicm     3399: .Ar value
                   3400: depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
                   3401: omitted to toggle).
1.336     nicm     3402: .Pp
                   3403: The
                   3404: .Fl o
1.446     nicm     3405: flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
1.281     nicm     3406: .Fl q
1.446     nicm     3407: flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
1.281     nicm     3408: .Pp
1.378     nicm     3409: With
                   3410: .Fl a ,
                   3411: and if the option expects a string or a style,
                   3412: .Ar value
                   3413: is appended to the existing setting.
                   3414: For example:
                   3415: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3416: set -g status-left "foo"
                   3417: set -ag status-left "bar"
                   3418: .Ed
                   3419: .Pp
                   3420: Will result in
                   3421: .Ql foobar .
                   3422: And:
                   3423: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3424: set -g status-style "bg=red"
                   3425: set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
                   3426: .Ed
                   3427: .Pp
                   3428: Will result in a red background
                   3429: .Em and
                   3430: blue foreground.
                   3431: Without
                   3432: .Fl a ,
                   3433: the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
1.858     kn       3434: .Tg show
1.668     nicm     3435: .It Xo Ic show-options
                   3436: .Op Fl AgHpqsvw
                   3437: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3438: .Op Ar option
                   3439: .Xc
1.870     kn       3440: .D1 Pq alias: Ic show
1.668     nicm     3441: Show the pane options (or a single option if
                   3442: .Ar option
                   3443: is provided) with
                   3444: .Fl p ,
                   3445: the window options with
                   3446: .Fl w ,
                   3447: the server options with
                   3448: .Fl s ,
                   3449: otherwise the session options.
                   3450: If the option is not a user option,
                   3451: .Fl w
                   3452: or
                   3453: .Fl s
                   3454: may be unnecessary -
                   3455: .Nm
                   3456: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3457: .Fl w
                   3458: for pane options.
                   3459: Global session or window options are listed if
                   3460: .Fl g
                   3461: is used.
                   3462: .Fl v
                   3463: shows only the option value, not the name.
                   3464: If
                   3465: .Fl q
                   3466: is set, no error will be returned if
                   3467: .Ar option
                   3468: is unset.
                   3469: .Fl H
                   3470: includes hooks (omitted by default).
                   3471: .Fl A
                   3472: includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
                   3473: marked with an asterisk.
                   3474: .El
1.133     nicm     3475: .Pp
                   3476: Available server options are:
                   3477: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.695     nicm     3478: .It Ic backspace Ar key
                   3479: Set the key sent by
                   3480: .Nm
                   3481: for backspace.
1.198     nicm     3482: .It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
                   3483: Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
                   3484: old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
                   3485: length.
1.526     nicm     3486: .It Xo Ic command-alias[]
                   3487: .Ar name=value
                   3488: .Xc
                   3489: This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
                   3490: If an unknown command matches
                   3491: .Ar name ,
                   3492: it is replaced with
                   3493: .Ar value .
                   3494: For example, after:
                   3495: .Pp
1.565     nicm     3496: .Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom='resize-pane -Z'
1.526     nicm     3497: .Pp
                   3498: Using:
                   3499: .Pp
                   3500: .Dl zoom -t:.1
                   3501: .Pp
                   3502: Is equivalent to:
                   3503: .Pp
                   3504: .Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
                   3505: .Pp
                   3506: Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
                   3507: executed, so binding an alias with
                   3508: .Ic bind-key
                   3509: will bind the expanded form.
1.425     nicm     3510: .It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
                   3511: Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
                   3512: default value of the
                   3513: .Ev TERM
                   3514: environment variable.
                   3515: For
                   3516: .Nm
                   3517: to work correctly, this
                   3518: .Em must
                   3519: be set to
                   3520: .Ql screen ,
                   3521: .Ql tmux
                   3522: or a derivative of them.
1.742     nicm     3523: .It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
                   3524: Give the command to pipe to if the
                   3525: .Ic copy-pipe
                   3526: copy mode command is used without arguments.
1.239     nicm     3527: .It Ic escape-time Ar time
                   3528: Set the time in milliseconds for which
                   3529: .Nm
                   3530: waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
                   3531: key sequences.
                   3532: The default is 500 milliseconds.
1.759     nicm     3533: .It Ic editor Ar shell-command
                   3534: Set the command used when
                   3535: .Nm
                   3536: runs an editor.
1.592     nicm     3537: .It Xo Ic exit-empty
                   3538: .Op Ic on | off
                   3539: .Xc
                   3540: If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
                   3541: sessions.
1.239     nicm     3542: .It Xo Ic exit-unattached
                   3543: .Op Ic on | off
                   3544: .Xc
                   3545: If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
1.772     nicm     3546: .It Xo Ic extended-keys
1.836     nicm     3547: .Op Ic on | off | always
1.772     nicm     3548: .Xc
1.836     nicm     3549: When
                   3550: .Ic on
                   3551: or
                   3552: .Ic always ,
                   3553: the escape sequence to enable extended keys is sent to the terminal, if
                   3554: .Nm
                   3555: knows that it is supported.
                   3556: .Nm
                   3557: always recognises extended keys itself.
                   3558: If this option is
                   3559: .Ic on ,
                   3560: .Nm
                   3561: will only forward extended keys to applications when they request them; if
                   3562: .Ic always ,
                   3563: .Nm
                   3564: will always forward the keys.
1.362     nicm     3565: .It Xo Ic focus-events
                   3566: .Op Ic on | off
                   3567: .Xc
                   3568: When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
                   3569: passed through to applications running in
                   3570: .Nm .
                   3571: Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
                   3572: option.
1.445     nicm     3573: .It Ic history-file Ar path
                   3574: If not empty, a file to which
                   3575: .Nm
                   3576: will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
1.384     nicm     3577: .It Ic message-limit Ar number
                   3578: Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
                   3579: each client.
1.839     nicm     3580: .It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
                   3581: Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
                   3582: command prompt.
1.228     nicm     3583: .It Xo Ic set-clipboard
1.556     nicm     3584: .Op Ic on | external | off
1.228     nicm     3585: .Xc
                   3586: Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
                   3587: .Xr xterm 1
1.560     nicm     3588: escape sequence, if there is an
1.228     nicm     3589: .Em \&Ms
                   3590: entry in the
                   3591: .Xr terminfo 5
1.560     nicm     3592: description (see the
                   3593: .Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   3594: section).
                   3595: .Pp
1.556     nicm     3596: If set to
                   3597: .Ic on ,
                   3598: .Nm
                   3599: will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
                   3600: the terminal clipboard.
                   3601: If set to
                   3602: .Ic external ,
                   3603: .Nm
                   3604: will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
                   3605: by applications to set
                   3606: .Nm
                   3607: buffers.
                   3608: If
                   3609: .Ic off ,
                   3610: .Nm
                   3611: will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
                   3612: clipboard.
                   3613: .Pp
1.228     nicm     3614: Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
                   3615: .Xr xterm 1
                   3616: by setting the resource:
                   3617: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3618: disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
                   3619: .Ed
                   3620: .Pp
                   3621: Or changing this property from the
                   3622: .Xr xterm 1
                   3623: interactive menu when required.
1.744     nicm     3624: .It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
                   3625: Set terminal features for terminal types read from
                   3626: .Xr terminfo 5 .
                   3627: .Nm
                   3628: has a set of named terminal features.
                   3629: Each will apply appropriate changes to the
                   3630: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3631: entry in use.
                   3632: .Pp
                   3633: .Nm
                   3634: can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
                   3635: easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
                   3636: The
                   3637: .Ic terminal-overrides
                   3638: option allows individual
                   3639: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3640: capabilities to be set instead,
                   3641: .Ic terminal-features
                   3642: is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
                   3643: reported by
                   3644: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.836     nicm     3645: Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
                   3646: supports.
1.744     nicm     3647: .Pp
                   3648: This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
                   3649: of a terminal type pattern (matched using
                   3650: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3651: followed by a list of terminal features.
                   3652: The available features are:
                   3653: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   3654: .It 256
                   3655: Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
                   3656: .It clipboard
                   3657: Allows setting the system clipboard.
                   3658: .It ccolour
                   3659: Allows setting the cursor colour.
                   3660: .It cstyle
                   3661: Allows setting the cursor style.
1.778     nicm     3662: .It extkeys
                   3663: Supports extended keys.
                   3664: .It focus
                   3665: Supports focus reporting.
1.893     nicm     3666: .It hyperlinks
                   3667: Supports OSC 8 hyperlinks.
1.891     nicm     3668: .It ignorefkeys
                   3669: Ignore function keys from
                   3670: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3671: and use the
                   3672: .Nm
                   3673: internal set only.
1.744     nicm     3674: .It margins
                   3675: Supports DECSLRM margins.
1.842     nicm     3676: .It mouse
                   3677: Supports
                   3678: .Xr xterm 1
                   3679: mouse sequences.
1.885     nicm     3680: .It osc7
                   3681: Supports the OSC 7 working directory extension.
1.744     nicm     3682: .It overline
                   3683: Supports the overline SGR attribute.
                   3684: .It rectfill
                   3685: Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
                   3686: .It RGB
                   3687: Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
1.778     nicm     3688: .It strikethrough
                   3689: Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
1.744     nicm     3690: .It sync
                   3691: Supports synchronized updates.
                   3692: .It title
                   3693: Supports
                   3694: .Xr xterm 1
                   3695: title setting.
                   3696: .It usstyle
                   3697: Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
                   3698: .El
1.528     nicm     3699: .It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
                   3700: Allow terminal descriptions read using
                   3701: .Xr terminfo 5
1.531     nicm     3702: to be overridden.
1.528     nicm     3703: Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
                   3704: (matched using
1.381     nicm     3705: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3706: and a set of
                   3707: .Em name=value
                   3708: entries.
                   3709: .Pp
                   3710: For example, to set the
                   3711: .Ql clear
                   3712: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3713: entry to
                   3714: .Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
1.528     nicm     3715: for all terminal types matching
                   3716: .Ql rxvt* :
                   3717: .Pp
                   3718: .Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
1.381     nicm     3719: .Pp
                   3720: The terminal entry value is passed through
                   3721: .Xr strunvis 3
                   3722: before interpretation.
1.678     nicm     3723: .It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
                   3724: Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
                   3725: Each item is associated with a key named
                   3726: .Ql User0 ,
                   3727: .Ql User1 ,
                   3728: and so on.
                   3729: .Pp
                   3730: For example:
                   3731: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3732: set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012~"
                   3733: bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
                   3734: .Ed
1.133     nicm     3735: .El
1.129     nicm     3736: .Pp
1.18      nicm     3737: Available session options are:
1.1       nicm     3738: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.569     nicm     3739: .It Xo Ic activity-action
                   3740: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3741: .Xc
                   3742: Set action on window activity when
                   3743: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3744: is on.
                   3745: .Ic any
                   3746: means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
                   3747: (depending on
                   3748: .Ic visual-activity )
                   3749: in the current window of that session,
                   3750: .Ic none
                   3751: means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
                   3752: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3753: being off),
                   3754: .Ic current
                   3755: means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
                   3756: .Ic other
                   3757: means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
1.312     nicm     3758: .It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
                   3759: If keys are entered faster than one in
                   3760: .Ar milliseconds ,
                   3761: they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
                   3762: .Nm
                   3763: key bindings are not processed.
                   3764: The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
1.69      nicm     3765: .It Ic base-index Ar index
                   3766: Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
                   3767: window is created.
                   3768: The default is zero.
1.1       nicm     3769: .It Xo Ic bell-action
1.429     nicm     3770: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
1.1       nicm     3771: .Xc
1.574     nicm     3772: Set action on a bell in a window when
                   3773: .Ic monitor-bell
                   3774: is on.
1.569     nicm     3775: The values are the same as those for
                   3776: .Ic activity-action .
1.153     nicm     3777: .It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     3778: Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
                   3779: created) to
1.153     nicm     3780: .Ar shell-command ,
1.79      nicm     3781: which may be any
                   3782: .Xr sh 1
                   3783: command.
1.19      nicm     3784: The default is an empty string, which instructs
                   3785: .Nm
1.79      nicm     3786: to create a login shell using the value of the
                   3787: .Ic default-shell
                   3788: option.
                   3789: .It Ic default-shell Ar path
                   3790: Specify the default shell.
                   3791: This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
                   3792: .Ic default-command
                   3793: option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
                   3794: When started
                   3795: .Nm
                   3796: tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
1.19      nicm     3797: .Ev SHELL
1.79      nicm     3798: environment variable, the shell returned by
                   3799: .Xr getpwuid 3 ,
                   3800: or
                   3801: .Pa /bin/sh .
                   3802: This option should be configured when
                   3803: .Nm
                   3804: is used as a login shell.
1.629     nicm     3805: .It Ic default-size Ar XxY
1.642     nicm     3806: Set the default size of new windows when the
1.643     nicm     3807: .Ic window-size
1.642     nicm     3808: option is set to manual or when a session is created with
                   3809: .Ic new-session
                   3810: .Fl d .
                   3811: The value is the width and height separated by an
                   3812: .Ql x
                   3813: character.
                   3814: The default is 80x24.
1.206     nicm     3815: .It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
                   3816: .Op Ic on | off
                   3817: .Xc
1.185     nicm     3818: If enabled and the session is no longer attached to any clients, it is
                   3819: destroyed.
1.206     nicm     3820: .It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
1.815     nicm     3821: .Op Ic off | on | no-detached
1.206     nicm     3822: .Xc
1.184     nicm     3823: If on (the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
                   3824: is destroyed.
                   3825: If off, the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
                   3826: sessions.
1.815     nicm     3827: If
                   3828: .Ic no-detached ,
                   3829: the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
                   3830: sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
1.145     nicm     3831: .It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
                   3832: Set the colour used by the
                   3833: .Ic display-panes
                   3834: command to show the indicator for the active pane.
1.78      nicm     3835: .It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
1.145     nicm     3836: Set the colour used by the
1.78      nicm     3837: .Ic display-panes
1.145     nicm     3838: command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
1.78      nicm     3839: .It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
                   3840: Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
                   3841: .Ic display-panes
                   3842: command appear.
1.21      nicm     3843: .It Ic display-time Ar time
1.78      nicm     3844: Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
                   3845: indicators are displayed.
1.462     tim      3846: If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
1.21      nicm     3847: .Ar time
                   3848: is in milliseconds.
1.1       nicm     3849: .It Ic history-limit Ar lines
                   3850: Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
                   3851: This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
                   3852: resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
1.474     nicm     3853: .It Ic key-table Ar key-table
                   3854: Set the default key table to
                   3855: .Ar key-table
                   3856: instead of
                   3857: .Em root .
1.1       nicm     3858: .It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
1.100     nicm     3859: Lock the session (like the
                   3860: .Ic lock-session
1.90      nicm     3861: command) after
1.1       nicm     3862: .Ar number
1.448     nicm     3863: seconds of inactivity.
1.100     nicm     3864: The default is not to lock (set to 0).
1.153     nicm     3865: .It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
1.90      nicm     3866: Command to run when locking each client.
                   3867: The default is to run
                   3868: .Xr lock 1
                   3869: with
                   3870: .Fl np .
1.378     nicm     3871: .It Ic message-command-style Ar style
1.623     nicm     3872: Set status line message command style.
1.737     nicm     3873: This is used for the command prompt with
                   3874: .Xr vi 1
                   3875: keys when in command mode.
1.623     nicm     3876: For how to specify
                   3877: .Ar style ,
                   3878: see the
                   3879: .Sx STYLES
                   3880: section.
1.901     nicm     3881: .It Xo Ic message-line
                   3882: .Op Ic 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
                   3883: .Xc
                   3884: Set line on which status line messages and the command prompt are shown.
1.378     nicm     3885: .It Ic message-style Ar style
                   3886: Set status line message style.
1.737     nicm     3887: This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
1.378     nicm     3888: For how to specify
                   3889: .Ar style ,
                   3890: see the
1.623     nicm     3891: .Sx STYLES
                   3892: section.
1.419     nicm     3893: .It Xo Ic mouse
1.226     nicm     3894: .Op Ic on | off
                   3895: .Xc
                   3896: If on,
                   3897: .Nm
1.419     nicm     3898: captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
                   3899: See the
                   3900: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                   3901: section for details.
1.267     nicm     3902: .It Ic prefix Ar key
                   3903: Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3904: In addition to the standard keys described under
                   3905: .Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
                   3906: .Ic prefix
                   3907: can be set to the special key
                   3908: .Ql None
                   3909: to set no prefix.
1.267     nicm     3910: .It Ic prefix2 Ar key
                   3911: Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3912: Like
                   3913: .Ic prefix ,
                   3914: .Ic prefix2
                   3915: can be set to
                   3916: .Ql None .
1.291     nicm     3917: .It Xo Ic renumber-windows
                   3918: .Op Ic on | off
                   3919: .Xc
                   3920: If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
                   3921: windows in numerical order.
                   3922: This respects the
                   3923: .Ic base-index
                   3924: option if it has been set.
                   3925: If off, do not renumber the windows.
1.21      nicm     3926: .It Ic repeat-time Ar time
1.1       nicm     3927: Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix-key again
                   3928: in the specified
1.21      nicm     3929: .Ar time
1.1       nicm     3930: milliseconds (the default is 500).
                   3931: Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
                   3932: .Fl r
                   3933: flag to
                   3934: .Ic bind-key .
1.52      nicm     3935: Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
                   3936: .Ic resize-pane
                   3937: command.
1.1       nicm     3938: .It Xo Ic set-titles
1.56      jmc      3939: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     3940: .Xc
1.261     nicm     3941: Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
                   3942: .Em tsl
                   3943: and
                   3944: .Em fsl
                   3945: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3946: entries if they exist.
                   3947: .Nm
1.444     nicm     3948: automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
                   3949: the terminal appears to be
                   3950: .Xr xterm 1 .
1.11      nicm     3951: This option is off by default.
1.86      nicm     3952: .It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
1.678     nicm     3953: String used to set the client terminal title if
1.86      nicm     3954: .Ic set-titles
                   3955: is on.
1.414     nicm     3956: Formats are expanded, see the
                   3957: .Sx FORMATS
                   3958: section.
1.569     nicm     3959: .It Xo Ic silence-action
                   3960: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3961: .Xc
                   3962: Set action on window silence when
                   3963: .Ic monitor-silence
                   3964: is on.
                   3965: The values are the same as those for
                   3966: .Ic activity-action .
1.1       nicm     3967: .It Xo Ic status
1.625     nicm     3968: .Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.1       nicm     3969: .Xc
1.625     nicm     3970: Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
                   3971: Using
                   3972: .Ic on
                   3973: gives a status line one row in height;
                   3974: .Ic 2 ,
                   3975: .Ic 3 ,
                   3976: .Ic 4
                   3977: or
                   3978: .Ic 5
                   3979: more rows.
                   3980: .It Ic status-format[] Ar format
                   3981: Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
                   3982: The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
                   3983: options below.
1.1       nicm     3984: .It Ic status-interval Ar interval
1.538     nicm     3985: Update the status line every
1.1       nicm     3986: .Ar interval
                   3987: seconds.
                   3988: By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
                   3989: A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
1.41      nicm     3990: .It Xo Ic status-justify
1.829     nicm     3991: .Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
1.41      nicm     3992: .Xc
1.829     nicm     3993: Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
                   3994: centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
                   3995: absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
1.1       nicm     3996: .It Xo Ic status-keys
1.56      jmc      3997: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     3998: .Xc
1.6       jmc      3999: Use vi or emacs-style
1.1       nicm     4000: key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
1.191     nicm     4001: The default is emacs, unless the
                   4002: .Ev VISUAL
                   4003: or
                   4004: .Ev EDITOR
                   4005: environment variables are set and contain the string
                   4006: .Ql vi .
1.1       nicm     4007: .It Ic status-left Ar string
                   4008: Display
                   4009: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4010: (by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4011: .Ar string
                   4012: will be passed through
1.623     nicm     4013: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   4014: Also see the
                   4015: .Sx FORMATS
                   4016: and
                   4017: .Sx STYLES
                   4018: sections.
1.83      nicm     4019: .Pp
1.263     nicm     4020: For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
1.261     nicm     4021: .Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
                   4022: section.
1.109     nicm     4023: .Pp
1.83      nicm     4024: Examples are:
                   4025: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4026: #(sysctl vm.loadavg)
                   4027: #[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
                   4028: .Ed
1.10      nicm     4029: .Pp
1.405     nicm     4030: The default is
                   4031: .Ql "[#S] " .
1.1       nicm     4032: .It Ic status-left-length Ar length
                   4033: Set the maximum
                   4034: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4035: of the left component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4036: The default is 10.
1.378     nicm     4037: .It Ic status-left-style Ar style
                   4038: Set the style of the left part of the status line.
                   4039: For how to specify
                   4040: .Ar style ,
                   4041: see the
1.623     nicm     4042: .Sx STYLES
                   4043: section.
1.269     nicm     4044: .It Xo Ic status-position
                   4045: .Op Ic top | bottom
                   4046: .Xc
                   4047: Set the position of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4048: .It Ic status-right Ar string
                   4049: Display
                   4050: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4051: to the right of the status line.
1.577     nicm     4052: By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
1.151     nicm     4053: are shown.
1.1       nicm     4054: As with
                   4055: .Ic status-left ,
                   4056: .Ar string
                   4057: will be passed to
1.459     jmc      4058: .Xr strftime 3
                   4059: and character pairs are replaced.
1.1       nicm     4060: .It Ic status-right-length Ar length
                   4061: Set the maximum
                   4062: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4063: of the right component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4064: The default is 40.
1.378     nicm     4065: .It Ic status-right-style Ar style
                   4066: Set the style of the right part of the status line.
                   4067: For how to specify
                   4068: .Ar style ,
                   4069: see the
1.623     nicm     4070: .Sx STYLES
                   4071: section.
1.378     nicm     4072: .It Ic status-style Ar style
                   4073: Set status line style.
                   4074: For how to specify
                   4075: .Ar style ,
                   4076: see the
1.623     nicm     4077: .Sx STYLES
                   4078: section.
1.529     nicm     4079: .It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
                   4080: Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
                   4081: when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
1.63      nicm     4082: Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
                   4083: removed from the session environment (as if
                   4084: .Fl r
                   4085: was given to the
                   4086: .Ic set-environment
                   4087: command).
1.37      nicm     4088: .It Xo Ic visual-activity
1.569     nicm     4089: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4090: .Xc
1.569     nicm     4091: If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
                   4092: window for which the
1.37      nicm     4093: .Ic monitor-activity
                   4094: window option is enabled.
1.569     nicm     4095: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4096: .It Xo Ic visual-bell
1.569     nicm     4097: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4098: .Xc
1.574     nicm     4099: If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
                   4100: .Ic monitor-bell
                   4101: window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
1.569     nicm     4102: terminal (which normally makes a sound).
                   4103: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4104: Also see the
                   4105: .Ic bell-action
                   4106: option.
1.192     nicm     4107: .It Xo Ic visual-silence
1.569     nicm     4108: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.192     nicm     4109: .Xc
                   4110: If
                   4111: .Ic monitor-silence
1.569     nicm     4112: is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
                   4113: instead of sending a bell.
                   4114: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.255     nicm     4115: .It Ic word-separators Ar string
                   4116: Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
                   4117: separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
                   4118: copy mode.
1.857     nicm     4119: .El
1.1       nicm     4120: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4121: Available window options are:
1.56      jmc      4122: .Pp
                   4123: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.1       nicm     4124: .It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
1.56      jmc      4125: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4126: .Xc
                   4127: Aggressively resize the chosen window.
                   4128: This means that
                   4129: .Nm
1.642     nicm     4130: will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
                   4131: (see the
                   4132: .Ic window-size
                   4133: option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
                   4134: which it is attached.
                   4135: The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
                   4136: session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
1.6       jmc      4137: .Dv SIGWINCH
                   4138: and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
1.262     nicm     4139: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4140: .It Xo Ic automatic-rename
1.56      jmc      4141: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4142: .Xc
                   4143: Control automatic window renaming.
                   4144: When this setting is enabled,
                   4145: .Nm
1.368     nicm     4146: will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
                   4147: .Ic automatic-rename-format .
1.1       nicm     4148: This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
                   4149: is specified at creation with
1.186     nicm     4150: .Ic new-window
                   4151: or
1.1       nicm     4152: .Ic new-session ,
                   4153: or later with
1.261     nicm     4154: .Ic rename-window ,
                   4155: or with a terminal escape sequence.
1.1       nicm     4156: It may be switched off globally with:
                   4157: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.668     nicm     4158: set-option -wg automatic-rename off
1.1       nicm     4159: .Ed
1.368     nicm     4160: .Pp
                   4161: .It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
                   4162: The format (see
                   4163: .Sx FORMATS )
                   4164: used when the
                   4165: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4166: option is enabled.
1.56      jmc      4167: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4168: .It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
                   4169: Set clock colour.
1.56      jmc      4170: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4171: .It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
1.56      jmc      4172: .Op Ic 12 | 24
1.1       nicm     4173: .Xc
                   4174: Set clock hour format.
1.883     nicm     4175: .Pp
                   4176: .It Ic fill-character Ar character
                   4177: Set the character used to fill areas of the terminal unused by a window.
1.56      jmc      4178: .Pp
1.196     nicm     4179: .It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
1.2       nicm     4180: .It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
                   4181: Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
                   4182: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4183: or
                   4184: .Ic main-vertical
                   4185: layouts.
1.747     nicm     4186: If suffixed by
                   4187: .Ql % ,
                   4188: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.757     nicm     4189: .Pp
                   4190: .It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
                   4191: Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
1.768     nicm     4192: For how to specify
                   4193: .Ar style ,
                   4194: see the
                   4195: .Sx STYLES
                   4196: section.
                   4197: .Pp
                   4198: .It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
                   4199: Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
1.757     nicm     4200: For how to specify
                   4201: .Ar style ,
                   4202: see the
                   4203: .Sx STYLES
                   4204: section.
                   4205: .Pp
                   4206: .It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
                   4207: Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
                   4208: For how to specify
                   4209: .Ar style ,
                   4210: see the
                   4211: .Sx STYLES
                   4212: section.
1.56      jmc      4213: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4214: .It Xo Ic mode-keys
1.56      jmc      4215: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4216: .Xc
1.500     nicm     4217: Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
                   4218: The default is emacs, unless
1.191     nicm     4219: .Ev VISUAL
                   4220: or
                   4221: .Ev EDITOR
                   4222: contains
                   4223: .Ql vi .
1.56      jmc      4224: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4225: .It Ic mode-style Ar style
                   4226: Set window modes style.
                   4227: For how to specify
                   4228: .Ar style ,
                   4229: see the
1.623     nicm     4230: .Sx STYLES
                   4231: section.
1.378     nicm     4232: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4233: .It Xo Ic monitor-activity
1.56      jmc      4234: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4235: .Xc
                   4236: Monitor for activity in the window.
                   4237: Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
1.56      jmc      4238: .Pp
1.574     nicm     4239: .It Xo Ic monitor-bell
                   4240: .Op Ic on | off
                   4241: .Xc
                   4242: Monitor for a bell in the window.
                   4243: Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
                   4244: .Pp
1.192     nicm     4245: .It Xo Ic monitor-silence
                   4246: .Op Ic interval
                   4247: .Xc
                   4248: Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
                   4249: .Ic interval
                   4250: seconds.
                   4251: Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
                   4252: status line.
                   4253: An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
1.195     nicm     4254: .Pp
                   4255: .It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
                   4256: Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
                   4257: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4258: layout.
                   4259: If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
                   4260: If both the
                   4261: .Ic main-pane-height
                   4262: and
                   4263: .Ic other-pane-height
                   4264: options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
                   4265: specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
1.747     nicm     4266: If suffixed by
                   4267: .Ql % ,
                   4268: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.195     nicm     4269: .Pp
                   4270: .It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
                   4271: Like
                   4272: .Ic other-pane-height ,
                   4273: but set the width of other panes in the
                   4274: .Ic main-vertical
                   4275: layout.
1.243     nicm     4276: .Pp
1.413     nicm     4277: .It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
                   4278: Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
                   4279: For how to specify
                   4280: .Ar style ,
                   4281: see the
1.623     nicm     4282: .Sx STYLES
                   4283: section.
1.413     nicm     4284: Attributes are ignored.
1.866     nicm     4285: .Pp
1.243     nicm     4286: .It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
                   4287: Like
                   4288: .Ic base-index ,
                   4289: but set the starting index for pane numbers.
1.484     nicm     4290: .Pp
                   4291: .It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
                   4292: Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
1.875     nicm     4293: .Pp
                   4294: .It Xo Ic pane-border-indicators
                   4295: .Op Ic off | colour | arrows | both
                   4296: .Xc
                   4297: Indicate active pane by colouring only half of the border in windows with
                   4298: exactly two panes, by displaying arrow markers, by drawing both or neither.
1.770     nicm     4299: .Pp
                   4300: .It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
                   4301: Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
                   4302: .Ar type
                   4303: may be one of:
                   4304: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4305: .It single
                   4306: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
                   4307: .It double
                   4308: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4309: .It heavy
                   4310: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4311: .It simple
                   4312: simple ASCII characters
                   4313: .It number
                   4314: the pane number
                   4315: .El
                   4316: .Pp
                   4317: .Ql double
                   4318: and
                   4319: .Ql heavy
                   4320: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
1.484     nicm     4321: .Pp
                   4322: .It Xo Ic pane-border-status
                   4323: .Op Ic off | top | bottom
                   4324: .Xc
                   4325: Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
1.413     nicm     4326: .Pp
                   4327: .It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
                   4328: Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
                   4329: For how to specify
                   4330: .Ar style ,
                   4331: see the
1.623     nicm     4332: .Sx STYLES
                   4333: section.
1.413     nicm     4334: Attributes are ignored.
1.192     nicm     4335: .Pp
1.862     nicm     4336: .It Ic popup-style Ar style
                   4337: Set the popup style.
                   4338: For how to specify
                   4339: .Ar style ,
                   4340: see the
                   4341: .Sx STYLES
                   4342: section.
                   4343: Attributes are ignored.
                   4344: .Pp
                   4345: .It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
                   4346: Set the popup border style.
                   4347: For how to specify
                   4348: .Ar style ,
                   4349: see the
                   4350: .Sx STYLES
                   4351: section.
                   4352: Attributes are ignored.
                   4353: .Pp
                   4354: .It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
                   4355: Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
                   4356: .Ar type
                   4357: may be one of:
                   4358: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4359: .It single
                   4360: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
                   4361: .It rounded
                   4362: variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
                   4363: .It double
                   4364: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4365: .It heavy
                   4366: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4367: .It simple
                   4368: simple ASCII characters
                   4369: .It padded
                   4370: simple ASCII space character
                   4371: .It none
                   4372: no border
                   4373: .El
                   4374: .Pp
                   4375: .Ql double
                   4376: and
                   4377: .Ql heavy
                   4378: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
                   4379: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4380: .It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
                   4381: Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
                   4382: For how to specify
                   4383: .Ar style ,
                   4384: see the
1.623     nicm     4385: .Sx STYLES
                   4386: section.
1.169     nicm     4387: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4388: .It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
                   4389: Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
                   4390: For how to specify
                   4391: .Ar style ,
                   4392: see the
1.623     nicm     4393: .Sx STYLES
                   4394: section.
1.169     nicm     4395: .Pp
1.125     nicm     4396: .It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
                   4397: Like
                   4398: .Ar window-status-format ,
                   4399: but is the format used when the window is the current window.
1.307     nicm     4400: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4401: .It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
                   4402: Set status line style for the currently active window.
                   4403: For how to specify
                   4404: .Ar style ,
                   4405: see the
1.623     nicm     4406: .Sx STYLES
                   4407: section.
1.239     nicm     4408: .Pp
                   4409: .It Ic window-status-format Ar string
                   4410: Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
                   4411: See the
1.623     nicm     4412: .Sx FORMATS
                   4413: and
                   4414: .Sx STYLES
                   4415: sections.
1.290     nicm     4416: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4417: .It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
                   4418: Set status line style for the last active window.
                   4419: For how to specify
                   4420: .Ar style ,
                   4421: see the
1.623     nicm     4422: .Sx STYLES
                   4423: section.
1.378     nicm     4424: .Pp
1.290     nicm     4425: .It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
                   4426: Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
                   4427: The default is a single space character.
1.125     nicm     4428: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4429: .It Ic window-status-style Ar style
                   4430: Set status line style for a single window.
1.418     nicm     4431: For how to specify
                   4432: .Ar style ,
                   4433: see the
1.623     nicm     4434: .Sx STYLES
                   4435: section.
1.418     nicm     4436: .Pp
1.642     nicm     4437: .It Xo Ic window-size
1.689     nicm     4438: .Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
1.642     nicm     4439: .Xc
                   4440: Configure how
                   4441: .Nm
                   4442: determines the window size.
                   4443: If set to
                   4444: .Ar largest ,
                   4445: the size of the largest attached session is used; if
                   4446: .Ar smallest ,
                   4447: the size of the smallest.
                   4448: If
                   4449: .Ar manual ,
                   4450: the size of a new window is set from the
                   4451: .Ic default-size
                   4452: option and windows are resized automatically.
1.689     nicm     4453: With
                   4454: .Ar latest ,
                   4455: .Nm
                   4456: uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
1.642     nicm     4457: See also the
                   4458: .Ic resize-window
                   4459: command and the
                   4460: .Ic aggressive-resize
                   4461: option.
                   4462: .Pp
1.512     nicm     4463: .It Xo Ic wrap-search
                   4464: .Op Ic on | off
                   4465: .Xc
                   4466: If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
                   4467: The default is on.
1.57      jmc      4468: .El
1.668     nicm     4469: .Pp
                   4470: Available pane options are:
                   4471: .Pp
                   4472: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.877     nicm     4473: .It Xo Ic allow-passthrough
1.897     nicm     4474: .Op Ic on | off | all
1.877     nicm     4475: .Xc
                   4476: Allow programs in the pane to bypass
                   4477: .Nm
                   4478: using a terminal escape sequence (\eePtmux;...\ee\e\e).
1.897     nicm     4479: If set to
                   4480: .Ic on ,
                   4481: passthrough sequences will be allowed only if the pane is visible.
                   4482: If set to
                   4483: .Ic all ,
                   4484: they will be allowed even if the pane is invisible.
1.877     nicm     4485: .Pp
1.669     nicm     4486: .It Xo Ic allow-rename
                   4487: .Op Ic on | off
                   4488: .Xc
                   4489: Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
                   4490: sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
                   4491: .Pp
                   4492: .It Xo Ic alternate-screen
                   4493: .Op Ic on | off
                   4494: .Xc
                   4495: This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
                   4496: terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
                   4497: .Em smcup
                   4498: and
                   4499: .Em rmcup
                   4500: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4501: capabilities.
                   4502: The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
                   4503: interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
                   4504: visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
1.868     nicm     4505: .Pp
                   4506: .It Ic cursor-colour Ar colour
                   4507: Set the colour of the cursor.
1.850     nicm     4508: .Pp
                   4509: .It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
                   4510: The default colour palette.
                   4511: Each entry in the array defines the colour
                   4512: .Nm
                   4513: uses when the colour with that index is requested.
                   4514: The index may be from zero to 255.
1.869     nicm     4515: .Pp
                   4516: .It Ic cursor-style Ar style
1.871     nicm     4517: Set the style of the cursor.
                   4518: Available styles are:
1.869     nicm     4519: .Ic default ,
                   4520: .Ic blinking-block ,
                   4521: .Ic block ,
                   4522: .Ic blinking-underline ,
                   4523: .Ic underline ,
                   4524: .Ic blinking-bar ,
                   4525: .Ic bar .
1.669     nicm     4526: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4527: .It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
1.810     nicm     4528: .Op Ic on | off | failed
1.57      jmc      4529: .Xc
1.668     nicm     4530: A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
                   4531: exits.
1.810     nicm     4532: If set to
                   4533: .Ic failed ,
                   4534: then only when the program exit status is not zero.
1.668     nicm     4535: The pane may be reactivated with the
                   4536: .Ic respawn-pane
                   4537: command.
1.808     nicm     4538: .Pp
1.882     nicm     4539: .It Ic remain-on-exit-format Ar string
                   4540: Set the text shown at the bottom of exited panes when
                   4541: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4542: is enabled.
1.884     nicm     4543: .Pp
                   4544: .It Xo Ic scroll-on-clear
                   4545: .Op Ic on | off
                   4546: .Xc
                   4547: When the entire screen is cleared and this option is on, scroll the contents of
                   4548: the screen into history before clearing it.
1.882     nicm     4549: .Pp
1.808     nicm     4550: .It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
                   4551: .Op Ic on | off
                   4552: .Xc
                   4553: Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
                   4554: on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
1.668     nicm     4555: .Pp
                   4556: .It Ic window-active-style Ar style
                   4557: Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
                   4558: For how to specify
                   4559: .Ar style ,
                   4560: see the
                   4561: .Sx STYLES
                   4562: section.
                   4563: .Pp
                   4564: .It Ic window-style Ar style
                   4565: Set the pane style.
                   4566: For how to specify
                   4567: .Ar style ,
                   4568: see the
                   4569: .Sx STYLES
                   4570: section.
1.843     jmc      4571: .El
1.469     nicm     4572: .Sh HOOKS
                   4573: .Nm
                   4574: allows commands to run on various triggers, called
                   4575: .Em hooks .
1.505     nicm     4576: Most
1.483     nicm     4577: .Nm
1.505     nicm     4578: commands have an
1.483     nicm     4579: .Em after
                   4580: hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
                   4581: .Pp
1.640     nicm     4582: Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
                   4583: order when the hook is triggered.
1.740     nicm     4584: Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or pane.
1.640     nicm     4585: Hooks may be configured with the
                   4586: .Ic set-hook
                   4587: or
                   4588: .Ic set-option
                   4589: commands and displayed with
                   4590: .Ic show-hooks
                   4591: or
                   4592: .Ic show-options
                   4593: .Fl H .
                   4594: The following two commands are equivalent:
                   4595: .Bd -literal -offset indent.
                   4596: set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4597: set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4598: .Ed
                   4599: .Pp
                   4600: Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
                   4601: first member of the array.
                   4602: .Pp
1.505     nicm     4603: A command's after
                   4604: hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
1.483     nicm     4605: itself.
1.505     nicm     4606: They are named with an
1.483     nicm     4607: .Ql after-
                   4608: prefix.
                   4609: For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
                   4610: layout after every
                   4611: .Ic split-window :
                   4612: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.640     nicm     4613: set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
1.483     nicm     4614: .Ed
                   4615: .Pp
1.584     nicm     4616: All the notifications listed in the
                   4617: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                   4618: section are hooks (without any arguments), except
                   4619: .Ic %exit .
                   4620: The following additional hooks are available:
1.560     nicm     4621: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
1.476     nicm     4622: .It alert-activity
                   4623: Run when a window has activity.
                   4624: See
                   4625: .Ic monitor-activity .
                   4626: .It alert-bell
                   4627: Run when a window has received a bell.
1.574     nicm     4628: See
                   4629: .Ic monitor-bell .
1.476     nicm     4630: .It alert-silence
                   4631: Run when a window has been silent.
                   4632: See
                   4633: .Ic monitor-silence .
1.845     nicm     4634: .It client-active
                   4635: Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
1.469     nicm     4636: .It client-attached
                   4637: Run when a client is attached.
                   4638: .It client-detached
                   4639: Run when a client is detached
1.846     nicm     4640: .It client-focus-in
                   4641: Run when focus enters a client
                   4642: .It client-focus-out
                   4643: Run when focus exits a client
1.469     nicm     4644: .It client-resized
                   4645: Run when a client is resized.
1.511     nicm     4646: .It client-session-changed
                   4647: Run when a client's attached session is changed.
1.475     nicm     4648: .It pane-died
                   4649: Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
                   4650: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4651: is on so the pane has not closed.
                   4652: .It pane-exited
                   4653: Run when the program running in a pane exits.
1.603     nicm     4654: .It pane-focus-in
                   4655: Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
                   4656: .Ic focus-events
                   4657: option is on.
                   4658: .It pane-focus-out
                   4659: Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
                   4660: .Ic focus-events
                   4661: option is on.
1.560     nicm     4662: .It pane-set-clipboard
                   4663: Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
                   4664: .Xr xterm 1
                   4665: escape sequence.
1.510     nicm     4666: .It session-created
                   4667: Run when a new session created.
                   4668: .It session-closed
                   4669: Run when a session closed.
1.507     nicm     4670: .It session-renamed
                   4671: Run when a session is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4672: .It window-linked
                   4673: Run when a window is linked into a session.
1.507     nicm     4674: .It window-renamed
                   4675: Run when a window is renamed.
1.878     nicm     4676: .It window-resized
                   4677: Run when a window is resized.
                   4678: This may be after the
                   4679: .Ar client-resized
                   4680: hook is run.
1.511     nicm     4681: .It window-unlinked
                   4682: Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
1.469     nicm     4683: .El
                   4684: .Pp
                   4685: Hooks are managed with these commands:
                   4686: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4687: .It Xo Ic set-hook
1.740     nicm     4688: .Op Fl agpRuw
                   4689: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4690: .Ar hook-name
                   4691: .Ar command
                   4692: .Xc
1.604     nicm     4693: Without
1.605     jmc      4694: .Fl R ,
1.604     nicm     4695: sets (or with
1.496     nicm     4696: .Fl u
                   4697: unsets) hook
1.469     nicm     4698: .Ar hook-name
                   4699: to
                   4700: .Ar command .
1.740     nicm     4701: The flags are the same as for
                   4702: .Ic set-option .
1.604     nicm     4703: .Pp
                   4704: With
                   4705: .Fl R ,
                   4706: run
                   4707: .Ar hook-name
                   4708: immediately.
1.469     nicm     4709: .It Xo Ic show-hooks
1.740     nicm     4710: .Op Fl gpw
                   4711: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4712: .Xc
1.740     nicm     4713: Shows hooks.
                   4714: The flags are the same as for
                   4715: .Ic show-options .
1.470     jmc      4716: .El
1.419     nicm     4717: .Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4718: If the
                   4719: .Ic mouse
                   4720: option is on (the default is off),
                   4721: .Nm
                   4722: allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
                   4723: The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
                   4724: .Ql MouseUp1 )
1.632     nicm     4725: and a location suffix, one of the following:
                   4726: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   4727: .It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
                   4728: .It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
                   4729: .It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
                   4730: .It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
                   4731: .It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
                   4732: .It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
                   4733: .El
                   4734: .Pp
1.419     nicm     4735: The following mouse events are available:
                   4736: .Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
1.498     nicm     4737: .It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
1.481     nicm     4738: .It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
                   4739: .It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
                   4740: .It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
1.724     nicm     4741: .It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
1.590     nicm     4742: .It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
                   4743: .It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
1.419     nicm     4744: .El
1.724     nicm     4745: .Pp
                   4746: The
                   4747: .Ql SecondClick
                   4748: events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
                   4749: third click which will fire
                   4750: .Ql TripleClick
                   4751: instead of
                   4752: .Ql DoubleClick .
1.419     nicm     4753: .Pp
                   4754: Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
                   4755: .Ql MouseDown1Status .
                   4756: .Pp
1.423     nicm     4757: The special token
                   4758: .Ql {mouse}
                   4759: or
1.419     nicm     4760: .Ql =
                   4761: may be used as
                   4762: .Ar target-window
                   4763: or
                   4764: .Ar target-pane
                   4765: in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
                   4766: It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
                   4767: (for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released for a
                   4768: .Ql MouseUp1Status
                   4769: binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
                   4770: .Ql WheelDownPane
                   4771: binding).
                   4772: .Pp
                   4773: The
                   4774: .Ic send-keys
                   4775: .Fl M
                   4776: flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
                   4777: .Pp
                   4778: The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
                   4779: to copy text and to change window using the status line.
                   4780: These take effect if the
                   4781: .Ic mouse
                   4782: option is turned on.
1.245     nicm     4783: .Sh FORMATS
1.294     nicm     4784: Certain commands accept the
1.245     nicm     4785: .Fl F
                   4786: flag with a
                   4787: .Ar format
                   4788: argument.
                   4789: This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
1.678     nicm     4790: Format variables are enclosed in
1.245     nicm     4791: .Ql #{
                   4792: and
                   4793: .Ql } ,
                   4794: for example
1.359     nicm     4795: .Ql #{session_name} .
1.409     nicm     4796: The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
                   4797: .Nm
                   4798: option may be used for an option's value.
                   4799: Some variables have a shorter alias such as
1.598     nicm     4800: .Ql #S ;
1.376     nicm     4801: .Ql ##
                   4802: is replaced by a single
1.598     nicm     4803: .Ql # ,
                   4804: .Ql #,
                   4805: by a
                   4806: .Ql \&,
                   4807: and
                   4808: .Ql #}
                   4809: by a
                   4810: .Ql } .
1.409     nicm     4811: .Pp
                   4812: Conditionals are available by prefixing with
1.246     jmc      4813: .Ql \&?
1.245     nicm     4814: and separating two alternatives with a comma;
                   4815: if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
1.246     jmc      4816: is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
                   4817: For example
1.245     nicm     4818: .Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
                   4819: will include the string
                   4820: .Ql attached
                   4821: if the session is attached and the string
                   4822: .Ql not attached
1.409     nicm     4823: if it is unattached, or
                   4824: .Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
                   4825: will include
                   4826: .Ql yes
                   4827: if
                   4828: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4829: is enabled, or
                   4830: .Ql no
                   4831: if not.
1.599     nicm     4832: Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
                   4833: Inside a conditional,
                   4834: .Ql \&,
                   4835: and
                   4836: .Ql }
                   4837: must be escaped as
                   4838: .Ql #,
                   4839: and
                   4840: .Ql #} ,
                   4841: unless they are part of a
                   4842: .Ql #{...}
1.600     nicm     4843: replacement.
                   4844: For example:
1.599     nicm     4845: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4846: #{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
                   4847: .Ed
1.520     nicm     4848: .Pp
1.678     nicm     4849: String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
1.520     nicm     4850: alternatives by
1.652     nicm     4851: .Ql == ,
                   4852: .Ql != ,
                   4853: .Ql < ,
                   4854: .Ql > ,
                   4855: .Ql <=
1.520     nicm     4856: or
1.652     nicm     4857: .Ql >=
1.520     nicm     4858: and a colon.
                   4859: For example
1.544     nicm     4860: .Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
1.520     nicm     4861: will be replaced by
                   4862: .Ql 1
                   4863: if running on
                   4864: .Ql myhost ,
                   4865: otherwise by
1.554     nicm     4866: .Ql 0 .
                   4867: .Ql ||
                   4868: and
                   4869: .Ql &&
                   4870: evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
                   4871: true, for example
1.595     nicm     4872: .Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
1.664     nicm     4873: .Pp
                   4874: An
                   4875: .Ql m
                   4876: specifies an
                   4877: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4878: or regular expression comparison.
                   4879: The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
1.714     nicm     4880: An optional argument specifies flags:
1.664     nicm     4881: .Ql r
                   4882: means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
                   4883: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4884: pattern, and
                   4885: .Ql i
                   4886: means to ignore case.
                   4887: For example:
                   4888: .Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
                   4889: or
                   4890: .Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
1.554     nicm     4891: A
                   4892: .Ql C
                   4893: performs a search for an
                   4894: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.664     nicm     4895: pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
                   4896: found, or a line number if found.
                   4897: Like
                   4898: .Ql m ,
1.665     jmc      4899: an
1.664     nicm     4900: .Ql r
                   4901: flag means search for a regular expression and
                   4902: .Ql i
                   4903: ignores case.
                   4904: For example:
                   4905: .Ql #{C/r:^Start}
1.714     nicm     4906: .Pp
                   4907: Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives with an
                   4908: .Ql e
                   4909: and an operator.
                   4910: An optional
                   4911: .Ql f
                   4912: flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise integers are used.
                   4913: This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for the result.
                   4914: The available operators are:
                   4915: addition
                   4916: .Ql + ,
                   4917: subtraction
                   4918: .Ql - ,
                   4919: multiplication
                   4920: .Ql * ,
                   4921: division
                   4922: .Ql / ,
1.801     nicm     4923: modulus
1.714     nicm     4924: .Ql m
                   4925: or
                   4926: .Ql %
                   4927: (note that
                   4928: .Ql %
                   4929: must be escaped as
                   4930: .Ql %%
                   4931: in formats which are also expanded by
1.801     nicm     4932: .Xr strftime 3 )
                   4933: and numeric comparison operators
                   4934: .Ql == ,
                   4935: .Ql != ,
                   4936: .Ql < ,
                   4937: .Ql <= ,
                   4938: .Ql >
                   4939: and
                   4940: .Ql >= .
1.714     nicm     4941: For example,
                   4942: .Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
                   4943: multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
                   4944: .Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
                   4945: returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
1.833     nicm     4946: .Ql a
                   4947: replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
                   4948: .Ql #{a:98}
                   4949: results in
                   4950: .Ql b .
1.867     nicm     4951: .Ql c
                   4952: replaces a
                   4953: .Nm
                   4954: colour by its six-digit hexadecimal RGB value.
1.453     nicm     4955: .Pp
1.367     nicm     4956: A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
                   4957: by an
                   4958: .Ql = ,
1.479     nicm     4959: a number and a colon.
                   4960: Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
                   4961: so
                   4962: .Ql #{=5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4963: will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
1.479     nicm     4964: .Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4965: the last five characters.
                   4966: A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
                   4967: appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
                   4968: .Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
                   4969: will append
                   4970: .Ql ...
                   4971: if the pane title is more than five characters.
1.698     nicm     4972: Similarly,
                   4973: .Ql p
                   4974: pads the string to a given width, for example
                   4975: .Ql #{p10:pane_title}
                   4976: will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
                   4977: A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
1.791     nicm     4978: .Ql n
1.803     nicm     4979: expands to the length of the variable and
                   4980: .Ql w
                   4981: to its width when displayed, for example
1.791     nicm     4982: .Ql #{n:window_name} .
1.653     nicm     4983: .Pp
1.453     nicm     4984: Prefixing a time variable with
1.683     nicm     4985: .Ql t:\&
1.453     nicm     4986: will convert it to a string, so if
                   4987: .Ql #{window_activity}
                   4988: gives
1.454     jmc      4989: .Ql 1445765102 ,
1.453     nicm     4990: .Ql #{t:window_activity}
                   4991: gives
                   4992: .Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
1.751     nicm     4993: Adding
                   4994: .Ql p (
                   4995: .Ql `t/p` )
                   4996: will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
1.765     nicm     4997: A custom format may be given using an
                   4998: .Ql f
                   4999: suffix (note that
                   5000: .Ql %
                   5001: must be escaped as
                   5002: .Ql %%
                   5003: if the format is separately being passed through
                   5004: .Xr strftime 3 ,
                   5005: for example in the
                   5006: .Ic status-left
                   5007: option):
                   5008: .Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
                   5009: see
                   5010: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   5011: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5012: The
1.683     nicm     5013: .Ql b:\&
1.453     nicm     5014: and
1.683     nicm     5015: .Ql d:\&
1.453     nicm     5016: prefixes are
                   5017: .Xr basename 3
                   5018: and
                   5019: .Xr dirname 3
                   5020: of the variable respectively.
1.683     nicm     5021: .Ql q:\&
1.610     nicm     5022: will escape
                   5023: .Xr sh 1
1.812     nicm     5024: special characters or with a
                   5025: .Ql h
1.806     nicm     5026: suffix, escape hash characters (so
                   5027: .Ql #
                   5028: becomes
1.807     nicm     5029: .Ql ## ) .
1.683     nicm     5030: .Ql E:\&
1.617     nicm     5031: will expand the format twice, for example
                   5032: .Ql #{E:status-left}
                   5033: is the result of expanding the content of the
                   5034: .Ic status-left
1.671     nicm     5035: option rather than the option itself.
1.683     nicm     5036: .Ql T:\&
1.620     nicm     5037: is like
1.683     nicm     5038: .Ql E:\&
1.620     nicm     5039: but also expands
                   5040: .Xr strftime 3
                   5041: specifiers.
1.683     nicm     5042: .Ql S:\& ,
                   5043: .Ql W:\&
1.618     nicm     5044: or
1.683     nicm     5045: .Ql P:\&
1.618     nicm     5046: will loop over each session, window or pane and insert the format once
1.619     nicm     5047: for each.
                   5048: For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
                   5049: the second is used for the current window or active pane.
                   5050: For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
1.618     nicm     5051: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5052: #{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
                   5053: .Ed
1.817     nicm     5054: .Pp
                   5055: .Ql N:\&
                   5056: checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
                   5057: .Ql w
                   5058: suffix) or a session (with the
                   5059: .Ql s
                   5060: suffix) name exists, for example
                   5061: .Ql `N/w:foo`
                   5062: is replaced with 1 if a window named
                   5063: .Ql foo
                   5064: exists.
1.625     nicm     5065: .Pp
1.461     nicm     5066: A prefix of the form
1.683     nicm     5067: .Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
1.461     nicm     5068: will substitute
                   5069: .Ql foo
                   5070: with
                   5071: .Ql bar
                   5072: throughout.
1.664     nicm     5073: The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument may be
                   5074: .Ql i
                   5075: to ignore case, for example
1.683     nicm     5076: .Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
1.664     nicm     5077: would change
                   5078: .Ql abABab
                   5079: into
                   5080: .Ql bxBxbx .
1.431     nicm     5081: .Pp
1.671     nicm     5082: In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
1.431     nicm     5083: .Ql #() .
                   5084: For example,
                   5085: .Ql #(uptime)
                   5086: will insert the system's uptime.
                   5087: When constructing formats,
                   5088: .Nm
                   5089: does not wait for
                   5090: .Ql #()
                   5091: commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command is used,
                   5092: or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
1.543     nicm     5093: If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but the status
                   5094: line will not be updated more than once a second.
1.874     nicm     5095: Commands are executed using
                   5096: .Pa /bin/sh
                   5097: and with the
1.431     nicm     5098: .Nm
                   5099: global environment set (see the
1.644     schwarze 5100: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.431     nicm     5101: section).
1.671     nicm     5102: .Pp
                   5103: An
                   5104: .Ql l
                   5105: specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
                   5106: For example
                   5107: .Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
                   5108: will be replaced by
                   5109: .Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
1.245     nicm     5110: .Pp
                   5111: The following variables are available, where appropriate:
1.359     nicm     5112: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
                   5113: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
1.824     nicm     5114: .It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
1.678     nicm     5115: .It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
1.359     nicm     5116: .It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
                   5117: .It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
1.572     nicm     5118: .It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
1.490     nicm     5119: .It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
1.386     nicm     5120: .It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
1.359     nicm     5121: .It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
1.572     nicm     5122: .It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
1.699     nicm     5123: .It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
                   5124: .It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
1.646     nicm     5125: .It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
1.572     nicm     5126: .It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
1.542     nicm     5127: .It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
1.762     nicm     5128: .It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
1.359     nicm     5129: .It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
1.451     nicm     5130: .It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
1.359     nicm     5131: .It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
1.540     nicm     5132: .It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
1.437     nicm     5133: .It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
1.359     nicm     5134: .It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
1.888     nicm     5135: .It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is read-only"
1.359     nicm     5136: .It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
1.822     nicm     5137: .It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
1.359     nicm     5138: .It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
1.754     nicm     5139: .It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
1.359     nicm     5140: .It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
1.880     nicm     5141: .It Li "client_uid" Ta "" Ta "UID of client process"
                   5142: .It Li "client_user" Ta "" Ta "User of client process"
1.699     nicm     5143: .It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
1.359     nicm     5144: .It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
1.541     nicm     5145: .It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
1.509     nicm     5146: .It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
1.646     nicm     5147: .It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
1.489     nicm     5148: .It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
                   5149: .It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
1.824     nicm     5150: .It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
1.692     nicm     5151: .It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
                   5152: .It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5153: .It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
                   5154: .It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
1.832     nicm     5155: .It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
1.646     nicm     5156: .It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
1.359     nicm     5157: .It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
                   5158: .It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
                   5159: .It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
                   5160: .It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
                   5161: .It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
1.581     nicm     5162: .It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
1.509     nicm     5163: .It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
1.851     nicm     5164: .It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
1.511     nicm     5165: .It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
1.510     nicm     5166: .It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5167: .It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5168: .It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
                   5169: .It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
1.359     nicm     5170: .It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
                   5171: .It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
                   5172: .It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
                   5173: .It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
                   5174: .It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
1.824     nicm     5175: .It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
1.359     nicm     5176: .It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
1.646     nicm     5177: .It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
1.359     nicm     5178: .It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
                   5179: .It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
1.894     nicm     5180: .It Li "mouse_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under mouse, if any"
1.676     nicm     5181: .It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
                   5182: .It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
1.359     nicm     5183: .It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
1.676     nicm     5184: .It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
                   5185: .It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
1.654     nicm     5186: .It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
                   5187: .It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
1.879     nicm     5188: .It Li "next_session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID for next new session"
1.676     nicm     5189: .It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
1.359     nicm     5190: .It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
1.570     nicm     5191: .It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
                   5192: .It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
                   5193: .It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
                   5194: .It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
1.822     nicm     5195: .It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
1.396     nicm     5196: .It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
1.359     nicm     5197: .It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
1.733     nicm     5198: .It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
1.359     nicm     5199: .It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
1.882     nicm     5200: .It Li "pane_dead_signal" Ta "" Ta "Exit signal of process in dead pane"
1.411     nicm     5201: .It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
1.882     nicm     5202: .It Li "pane_dead_time" Ta "" Ta "Exit time of process in dead pane"
1.822     nicm     5203: .It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
1.696     nicm     5204: .It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
1.359     nicm     5205: .It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
                   5206: .It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
1.678     nicm     5207: .It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
1.646     nicm     5208: .It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
1.678     nicm     5209: .It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
1.792     nicm     5210: .It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
1.396     nicm     5211: .It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
1.650     nicm     5212: .It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
                   5213: .It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
1.678     nicm     5214: .It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
1.761     nicm     5215: .It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
1.359     nicm     5216: .It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
1.567     nicm     5217: .It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
1.396     nicm     5218: .It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
1.546     nicm     5219: .It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5220: .It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
1.890     nicm     5221: .It Li "pane_start_path" Ta "" Ta "Path pane started with"
1.678     nicm     5222: .It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
1.359     nicm     5223: .It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
1.696     nicm     5224: .It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
1.396     nicm     5225: .It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
1.359     nicm     5226: .It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
                   5227: .It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
1.721     nicm     5228: .It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
1.606     nicm     5229: .It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
1.646     nicm     5230: .It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5231: .It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
                   5232: .It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
1.824     nicm     5233: .It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
1.782     nicm     5234: .It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
1.713     nicm     5235: .It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5236: .It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
                   5237: .It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
1.571     nicm     5238: .It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5239: .It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
                   5240: .It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
1.646     nicm     5241: .It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
1.430     nicm     5242: .It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
1.382     nicm     5243: .It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
1.702     nicm     5244: .It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
1.572     nicm     5245: .It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
1.696     nicm     5246: .It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
1.536     nicm     5247: .It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
1.702     nicm     5248: .It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
                   5249: .It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
1.646     nicm     5250: .It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
1.702     nicm     5251: .It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
1.586     nicm     5252: .It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
1.359     nicm     5253: .It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
                   5254: .It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
1.646     nicm     5255: .It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
1.382     nicm     5256: .It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
1.748     nicm     5257: .It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5258: .It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
1.725     nicm     5259: .It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
1.548     nicm     5260: .It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
1.359     nicm     5261: .It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
1.487     nicm     5262: .It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
1.465     nicm     5263: .It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
1.880     nicm     5264: .It Li "uid" Ta "" Ta "Server UID"
                   5265: .It Li "user" Ta "" Ta "Server user"
1.708     nicm     5266: .It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
1.646     nicm     5267: .It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
1.702     nicm     5268: .It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
                   5269: .It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
                   5270: .It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
                   5271: .It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
1.572     nicm     5272: .It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
1.487     nicm     5273: .It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
1.366     nicm     5274: .It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
1.642     nicm     5275: .It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
1.700     nicm     5276: .It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
                   5277: .It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
1.621     nicm     5278: .It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
1.812     nicm     5279: .It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
1.696     nicm     5280: .It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
1.359     nicm     5281: .It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
                   5282: .It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
                   5283: .It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
1.400     nicm     5284: .It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
1.460     nicm     5285: .It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
1.426     nicm     5286: .It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
1.702     nicm     5287: .It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
                   5288: .It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
1.687     nicm     5289: .It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5290: .It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
1.642     nicm     5291: .It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
                   5292: .It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
1.359     nicm     5293: .It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
1.880     nicm     5294: .It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
1.366     nicm     5295: .It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
1.548     nicm     5296: .It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
1.621     nicm     5297: .It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
1.460     nicm     5298: .It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
1.359     nicm     5299: .It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
1.400     nicm     5300: .It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
1.359     nicm     5301: .It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
1.245     nicm     5302: .El
1.623     nicm     5303: .Sh STYLES
                   5304: .Nm
                   5305: offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
                   5306: interface, for example
                   5307: .Ic status-style
                   5308: for the status line.
                   5309: In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
1.701     nicm     5310: .Ic status-left ,
1.623     nicm     5311: by enclosing them in
                   5312: .Ql #[
                   5313: and
1.639     nicm     5314: .Ql \&] .
1.623     nicm     5315: .Pp
                   5316: A style may be the single term
                   5317: .Ql default
1.688     nicm     5318: to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
                   5319: .Ic status-style
                   5320: in the status line) or a space
1.630     nicm     5321: or comma separated list of the following:
1.623     nicm     5322: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   5323: .It Ic fg=colour
                   5324: Set the foreground colour.
                   5325: The colour is one of:
                   5326: .Ic black ,
                   5327: .Ic red ,
                   5328: .Ic green ,
                   5329: .Ic yellow ,
                   5330: .Ic blue ,
                   5331: .Ic magenta ,
                   5332: .Ic cyan ,
                   5333: .Ic white ;
                   5334: if supported the bright variants
                   5335: .Ic brightred ,
                   5336: .Ic brightgreen ,
                   5337: .Ic brightyellow ;
                   5338: .Ic colour0
                   5339: to
                   5340: .Ic colour255
                   5341: from the 256-colour set;
                   5342: .Ic default
                   5343: for the default colour;
                   5344: .Ic terminal
                   5345: for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
                   5346: .Ql #ffffff .
                   5347: .It Ic bg=colour
                   5348: Set the background colour.
                   5349: .It Ic none
                   5350: Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
1.752     nicm     5351: .It Xo Ic acs ,
                   5352: .Ic bright
1.625     nicm     5353: (or
                   5354: .Ic bold ) ,
1.623     nicm     5355: .Ic dim ,
                   5356: .Ic underscore ,
                   5357: .Ic blink ,
                   5358: .Ic reverse ,
                   5359: .Ic hidden ,
                   5360: .Ic italics ,
1.649     nicm     5361: .Ic overline ,
1.623     nicm     5362: .Ic strikethrough ,
                   5363: .Ic double-underscore ,
                   5364: .Ic curly-underscore ,
                   5365: .Ic dotted-underscore ,
                   5366: .Ic dashed-underscore
                   5367: .Xc
                   5368: Set an attribute.
                   5369: Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
                   5370: .Ql no
                   5371: to unset.
1.752     nicm     5372: .Ic acs
                   5373: is the terminal alternate character set.
1.625     nicm     5374: .It Xo Ic align=left
                   5375: (or
                   5376: .Ic noalign ) ,
                   5377: .Ic align=centre ,
                   5378: .Ic align=right
                   5379: .Xc
                   5380: Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
1.675     nicm     5381: .It Ic fill=colour
1.674     nicm     5382: Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
1.625     nicm     5383: .It Xo Ic list=on ,
                   5384: .Ic list=focus ,
                   5385: .Ic list=left-marker ,
1.661     nicm     5386: .Ic list=right-marker ,
1.625     nicm     5387: .Ic nolist
                   5388: .Xc
                   5389: Mark the position of the various window list components in the
                   5390: .Ic status-format
                   5391: option:
                   5392: .Ic list=on
                   5393: marks the start of the list;
                   5394: .Ic list=focus
                   5395: is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't fit
                   5396: in the available space (typically the current window);
                   5397: .Ic list=left-marker
                   5398: and
                   5399: .Ic list=right-marker
                   5400: mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
                   5401: right of the list if there is not enough space.
1.688     nicm     5402: .It Xo Ic push-default ,
                   5403: .Ic pop-default
                   5404: .Xc
                   5405: Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
                   5406: default.
                   5407: A
                   5408: .Ic push-default
                   5409: affects any subsequent use of the
                   5410: .Ic default
                   5411: term until a
                   5412: .Ic pop-default .
                   5413: Only one default may be pushed (each
                   5414: .Ic push-default
                   5415: replaces the previous saved default).
1.625     nicm     5416: .It Xo Ic range=left ,
                   5417: .Ic range=right ,
                   5418: .Ic range=window|X ,
                   5419: .Ic norange
                   5420: .Xc
                   5421: Mark a range in the
1.651     nicm     5422: .Ic status-format
1.625     nicm     5423: option.
                   5424: .Ic range=left
                   5425: and
                   5426: .Ic range=right
                   5427: are the text used for the
                   5428: .Ql StatusLeft
                   5429: and
                   5430: .Ql StatusRight
                   5431: mouse keys.
                   5432: .Ic range=window|X
                   5433: is the range for a window passed to the
                   5434: .Ql Status
                   5435: mouse key, where
                   5436: .Ql X
                   5437: is a window index.
1.623     nicm     5438: .El
                   5439: .Pp
                   5440: Examples are:
                   5441: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.630     nicm     5442: fg=yellow bold underscore blink
1.623     nicm     5443: bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
                   5444: .Ed
1.261     nicm     5445: .Sh NAMES AND TITLES
                   5446: .Nm
                   5447: distinguishes between names and titles.
                   5448: Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
                   5449: and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
                   5450: .Nm
                   5451: identifier for a window or session.
                   5452: Only panes have titles.
1.577     nicm     5453: A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
                   5454: an escape sequence (like it would set the
1.261     nicm     5455: .Xr xterm 1
1.577     nicm     5456: window title in
1.578     nicm     5457: .Xr X 7 ) .
1.268     nicm     5458: Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
1.261     nicm     5459: active pane.
                   5460: .Nm
                   5461: itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
                   5462: the
                   5463: .Ic set-titles
                   5464: option.
                   5465: .Pp
                   5466: A session's name is set with the
                   5467: .Ic new-session
                   5468: and
                   5469: .Ic rename-session
                   5470: commands.
                   5471: A window's name is set with one of:
                   5472: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   5473: .It
                   5474: A command argument (such as
                   5475: .Fl n
                   5476: for
                   5477: .Ic new-window
                   5478: or
                   5479: .Ic new-session ) .
                   5480: .It
1.597     nicm     5481: An escape sequence (if the
                   5482: .Ic allow-rename
                   5483: option is turned on):
1.261     nicm     5484: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5485: $ printf '\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e'
                   5486: .Ed
                   5487: .It
                   5488: Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
                   5489: active pane.
                   5490: See the
                   5491: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5492: option.
                   5493: .El
                   5494: .Pp
                   5495: When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
1.612     nicm     5496: A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
1.261     nicm     5497: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5498: $ printf '\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e'
                   5499: .Ed
1.577     nicm     5500: .Pp
                   5501: It can also be modified with the
                   5502: .Ic select-pane
                   5503: .Fl T
                   5504: command.
1.644     schwarze 5505: .Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.63      nicm     5506: When the server is started,
                   5507: .Nm
                   5508: copies the environment into the
                   5509: .Em global environment ;
                   5510: in addition, each session has a
                   5511: .Em session environment .
1.193     nicm     5512: When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
                   5513: If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
                   5514: The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
1.63      nicm     5515: .Pp
                   5516: The
                   5517: .Ic update-environment
                   5518: session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
                   5519: when a new session is created or an old reattached.
                   5520: .Nm
                   5521: also initialises the
                   5522: .Ev TMUX
                   5523: variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
                   5524: from inside, and the
                   5525: .Ev TERM
                   5526: variable with the correct terminal setting of
                   5527: .Ql screen .
                   5528: .Pp
1.728     nicm     5529: Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
                   5530: Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
                   5531: instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
                   5532: .Sx FORMATS
                   5533: section).
                   5534: .Pp
1.63      nicm     5535: Commands to alter and view the environment are:
                   5536: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5537: .Tg setenv
1.63      nicm     5538: .It Xo Ic set-environment
1.793     nicm     5539: .Op Fl Fhgru
1.63      nicm     5540: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   5541: .Ar name Op Ar value
                   5542: .Xc
1.870     kn       5543: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setenv
1.63      nicm     5544: Set or unset an environment variable.
                   5545: If
                   5546: .Fl g
                   5547: is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
                   5548: to the session environment for
                   5549: .Ar target-session .
1.793     nicm     5550: If
                   5551: .Fl F
                   5552: is present, then
                   5553: .Ar value
                   5554: is expanded as a format.
1.63      nicm     5555: The
                   5556: .Fl u
                   5557: flag unsets a variable.
                   5558: .Fl r
                   5559: indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
                   5560: new process.
1.728     nicm     5561: .Fl h
                   5562: marks the variable as hidden.
1.858     kn       5563: .Tg showenv
1.63      nicm     5564: .It Xo Ic show-environment
1.728     nicm     5565: .Op Fl hgs
1.63      nicm     5566: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.286     nicm     5567: .Op Ar variable
1.63      nicm     5568: .Xc
1.870     kn       5569: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showenv
1.63      nicm     5570: Display the environment for
                   5571: .Ar target-session
                   5572: or the global environment with
                   5573: .Fl g .
1.286     nicm     5574: If
                   5575: .Ar variable
                   5576: is omitted, all variables are shown.
1.63      nicm     5577: Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
                   5578: .Ql - .
1.442     nicm     5579: If
                   5580: .Fl s
                   5581: is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
1.728     nicm     5582: .Fl h
                   5583: shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
1.57      jmc      5584: .El
                   5585: .Sh STATUS LINE
                   5586: .Nm
                   5587: includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
                   5588: terminal.
1.626     nicm     5589: .Pp
                   5590: By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
                   5591: disabled or made multiple lines with the
1.57      jmc      5592: .Ic status
                   5593: session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
1.261     nicm     5594: session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
                   5595: in double quotes; and the time and date.
1.57      jmc      5596: .Pp
1.626     nicm     5597: Each line of the status line is configured with the
                   5598: .Ic status-format
                   5599: option.
                   5600: The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
                   5601: may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
                   5602: see the
1.57      jmc      5603: .Ic status-left ,
                   5604: .Ic status-left-length ,
                   5605: .Ic status-right ,
                   5606: and
                   5607: .Ic status-right-length
                   5608: options below), and a central window list.
1.125     nicm     5609: By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
                   5610: windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
                   5611: It may be customised with the
                   5612: .Ar window-status-format
                   5613: and
                   5614: .Ar window-status-current-format
                   5615: options.
1.57      jmc      5616: The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
                   5617: .Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
                   5618: .It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                   5619: .It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
                   5620: .It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
1.574     nicm     5621: .It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
                   5622: .It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
1.192     nicm     5623: .It Li "~" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
1.432     nicm     5624: .It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
1.349     nicm     5625: .It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
1.57      jmc      5626: .El
                   5627: .Pp
                   5628: The # symbol relates to the
                   5629: .Ic monitor-activity
1.388     nicm     5630: window option.
1.57      jmc      5631: The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
1.388     nicm     5632: silence) is present.
1.57      jmc      5633: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5634: The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
                   5635: status line using the
1.378     nicm     5636: .Ic status-style
                   5637: session option and individual windows using the
                   5638: .Ic window-status-style
                   5639: window option.
1.57      jmc      5640: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5641: The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
                   5642: interval may be controlled with the
1.57      jmc      5643: .Ic status-interval
                   5644: session option.
                   5645: .Pp
                   5646: Commands related to the status line are as follows:
                   5647: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.887     nicm     5648: .Tg clearphist
1.839     nicm     5649: .It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
                   5650: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5651: .Xc
1.887     nicm     5652: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearphist
1.839     nicm     5653: Clear status prompt history for prompt type
                   5654: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5655: If
                   5656: .Fl T
                   5657: is omitted, then clear history for all types.
                   5658: See
                   5659: .Ic command-prompt
                   5660: for possible values for
                   5661: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5662: .It Xo Ic command-prompt
1.852     nicm     5663: .Op Fl 1bFikN
1.235     nicm     5664: .Op Fl I Ar inputs
1.73      nicm     5665: .Op Fl p Ar prompts
1.57      jmc      5666: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.839     nicm     5667: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
1.57      jmc      5668: .Op Ar template
                   5669: .Xc
                   5670: Open the command prompt in a client.
                   5671: This may be used from inside
                   5672: .Nm
                   5673: to execute commands interactively.
1.231     nicm     5674: .Pp
1.57      jmc      5675: If
                   5676: .Ar template
1.73      nicm     5677: is specified, it is used as the command.
1.840     nicm     5678: With
                   5679: .Fl F ,
                   5680: .Ar template
                   5681: is expanded as a format.
                   5682: .Pp
1.235     nicm     5683: If present,
                   5684: .Fl I
                   5685: is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
1.73      nicm     5686: If
                   5687: .Fl p
                   5688: is given,
                   5689: .Ar prompts
                   5690: is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
                   5691: a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
                   5692: .Ar template
                   5693: if it is present, or
                   5694: .Ql \&:
                   5695: if not.
1.231     nicm     5696: .Pp
1.73      nicm     5697: Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
                   5698: .Ql %%
1.74      jmc      5699: and all occurrences of
1.73      nicm     5700: .Ql %1
1.492     nicm     5701: are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
1.73      nicm     5702: .Ql %2
                   5703: are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
1.74      jmc      5704: prompts.
                   5705: Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
                   5706: .Po
                   5707: .Ql %1
1.73      nicm     5708: to
1.74      jmc      5709: .Ql %9
                   5710: .Pc .
1.513     nicm     5711: .Ql %%%
                   5712: is like
                   5713: .Ql %%
                   5714: but any quotation marks are escaped.
1.497     nicm     5715: .Pp
                   5716: .Fl 1
                   5717: makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
                   5718: is a single character.
1.706     nicm     5719: .Fl k
                   5720: is like
                   5721: .Fl 1
                   5722: but the key press is translated to a key name.
1.678     nicm     5723: .Fl N
                   5724: makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
1.517     nicm     5725: .Fl i
                   5726: executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
                   5727: user exits the command prompt.
1.839     nicm     5728: .Pp
1.758     nicm     5729: .Fl T
                   5730: tells
                   5731: .Nm
1.839     nicm     5732: the prompt type.
                   5733: This affects what completions are offered when
1.758     nicm     5734: .Em Tab
1.839     nicm     5735: is pressed.
                   5736: Available types are:
                   5737: .Ql command ,
                   5738: .Ql search ,
                   5739: .Ql target
                   5740: and
                   5741: .Ql window-target .
1.500     nicm     5742: .Pp
                   5743: The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
                   5744: on the value of the
                   5745: .Ic status-keys
                   5746: option:
                   5747: .Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
                   5748: .It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
1.715     nicm     5749: .It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
1.678     nicm     5750: .It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
1.500     nicm     5751: .It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
                   5752: .It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
                   5753: .It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
                   5754: .It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
                   5755: .It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
                   5756: .It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
                   5757: .It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
                   5758: .It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   5759: .It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   5760: .It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   5761: .It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
                   5762: .It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
                   5763: .It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
                   5764: .It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
1.854     nicm     5765: .El
1.852     nicm     5766: .Pp
                   5767: With
                   5768: .Fl b ,
                   5769: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5770: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5771: .Tg confirm
1.57      jmc      5772: .It Xo Ic confirm-before
1.848     nicm     5773: .Op Fl b
1.238     nicm     5774: .Op Fl p Ar prompt
1.57      jmc      5775: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   5776: .Ar command
                   5777: .Xc
1.870     kn       5778: .D1 Pq alias: Ic confirm
1.57      jmc      5779: Ask for confirmation before executing
                   5780: .Ar command .
1.238     nicm     5781: If
                   5782: .Fl p
                   5783: is given,
                   5784: .Ar prompt
                   5785: is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
                   5786: .Ar command .
                   5787: It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   5788: .Ic status-left
                   5789: option.
1.848     nicm     5790: With
                   5791: .Fl b ,
1.852     nicm     5792: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5793: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5794: .Tg menu
1.646     nicm     5795: .It Xo Ic display-menu
1.800     nicm     5796: .Op Fl O
1.646     nicm     5797: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5798: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   5799: .Op Fl T Ar title
                   5800: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5801: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.657     nicm     5802: .Ar name
                   5803: .Ar key
                   5804: .Ar command
                   5805: .Ar ...
1.646     nicm     5806: .Xc
1.870     kn       5807: .D1 Pq alias: Ic menu
1.646     nicm     5808: Display a menu on
                   5809: .Ar target-client .
                   5810: .Ar target-pane
                   5811: gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
                   5812: .Pp
1.657     nicm     5813: A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
                   5814: second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
                   5815: to run when the menu item is chosen.
                   5816: The name and command are formats, see the
1.646     nicm     5817: .Sx FORMATS
                   5818: and
                   5819: .Sx STYLES
                   5820: sections.
1.658     nicm     5821: If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
                   5822: may not be chosen.
1.657     nicm     5823: The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
                   5824: command should be omitted.
1.646     nicm     5825: .Pp
                   5826: .Fl T
                   5827: is a format for the menu title (see
                   5828: .Sx FORMATS ) .
                   5829: .Pp
                   5830: .Fl x
                   5831: and
                   5832: .Fl y
                   5833: give the position of the menu.
                   5834: Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
                   5835: .Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
                   5836: .It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
1.719     nicm     5837: .It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
1.646     nicm     5838: .It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
                   5839: .It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
                   5840: .It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
1.730     nicm     5841: .It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
1.646     nicm     5842: .It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
1.802     nicm     5843: .El
                   5844: .Pp
                   5845: Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
                   5846: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   5847: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
                   5848: .It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5849: .It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5850: .It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
                   5851: .It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
                   5852: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
                   5853: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
                   5854: .It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
                   5855: .It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
                   5856: .It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
                   5857: .It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
                   5858: .It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
                   5859: .It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
                   5860: .It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
                   5861: .It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
                   5862: .It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
                   5863: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
                   5864: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
1.646     nicm     5865: .El
                   5866: .Pp
                   5867: Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
                   5868: If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
                   5869: Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
1.800     nicm     5870: If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
                   5871: releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
                   5872: releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
                   5873: .Fl O
                   5874: changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
                   5875: released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
                   5876: must be clicked to choose an item.
                   5877: .Pp
1.646     nicm     5878: The following keys are also available:
                   5879: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   5880: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   5881: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   5882: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   5883: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   5884: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
                   5885: .El
1.858     kn       5886: .Tg display
1.57      jmc      5887: .It Xo Ic display-message
1.834     nicm     5888: .Op Fl aINpv
1.215     nicm     5889: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5890: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.215     nicm     5891: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      5892: .Op Ar message
                   5893: .Xc
1.870     kn       5894: .D1 Pq alias: Ic display
1.127     nicm     5895: Display a message.
                   5896: If
                   5897: .Fl p
                   5898: is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
                   5899: .Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5900: status line for up to
                   5901: .Ar delay
                   5902: milliseconds.
                   5903: If
                   5904: .Ar delay
                   5905: is not given, the
1.889     nicm     5906: .Ic display-time
1.790     nicm     5907: option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
1.834     nicm     5908: .Ql N
                   5909: ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
1.122     nicm     5910: The format of
1.124     jmc      5911: .Ar message
1.275     nicm     5912: is described in the
                   5913: .Sx FORMATS
                   5914: section; information is taken from
1.215     nicm     5915: .Ar target-pane
                   5916: if
                   5917: .Fl t
1.678     nicm     5918: is given, otherwise the active pane.
1.622     nicm     5919: .Pp
1.624     nicm     5920: .Fl v
                   5921: prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
                   5922: .Fl a
                   5923: lists the format variables and their values.
1.643     nicm     5924: .Pp
                   5925: .Fl I
                   5926: forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
                   5927: .Ar target-pane .
1.858     kn       5928: .Tg popup
1.721     nicm     5929: .It Xo Ic display-popup
1.853     nicm     5930: .Op Fl BCE
1.862     nicm     5931: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.721     nicm     5932: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5933: .Op Fl d Ar start-directory
1.860     nicm     5934: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.721     nicm     5935: .Op Fl h Ar height
1.865     nicm     5936: .Op Fl s Ar style
                   5937: .Op Fl S Ar border-style
1.721     nicm     5938: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.864     nicm     5939: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.721     nicm     5940: .Op Fl w Ar width
                   5941: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5942: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.827     nicm     5943: .Op Ar shell-command
1.721     nicm     5944: .Xc
1.870     kn       5945: .D1 Pq alias: Ic popup
1.827     nicm     5946: Display a popup running
                   5947: .Ar shell-command
                   5948: on
1.721     nicm     5949: .Ar target-client .
                   5950: A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
                   5951: Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
                   5952: .Pp
                   5953: .Fl E
                   5954: closes the popup automatically when
                   5955: .Ar shell-command
                   5956: exits.
1.723     nicm     5957: Two
                   5958: .Fl E
                   5959: closes the popup only if
                   5960: .Ar shell-command
                   5961: exited with success.
1.721     nicm     5962: .Pp
                   5963: .Fl x
                   5964: and
                   5965: .Fl y
                   5966: give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
                   5967: .Ic display-menu
                   5968: command.
                   5969: .Fl w
                   5970: and
                   5971: .Fl h
                   5972: give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
                   5973: .Ql % ) .
1.827     nicm     5974: If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
1.862     nicm     5975: .Pp
1.853     nicm     5976: .Fl B
                   5977: does not surround the popup by a border.
1.862     nicm     5978: .Pp
                   5979: .Fl b
                   5980: sets the type of border line for the popup.
                   5981: When
                   5982: .Fl B
1.886     naddy    5983: is specified, the
1.862     nicm     5984: .Fl b
                   5985: option is ignored.
                   5986: See
                   5987: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   5988: for possible values for
                   5989: .Ar border-lines .
1.865     nicm     5990: .Pp
                   5991: .Fl s
                   5992: sets the style for the popup and
                   5993: .Fl S
                   5994: sets the style for the popup border.
                   5995: For how to specify
                   5996: .Ar style ,
                   5997: see the
                   5998: .Sx STYLES
                   5999: section.
1.860     nicm     6000: .Pp
                   6001: .Fl e
                   6002: takes the form
                   6003: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   6004: and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
                   6005: times.
1.864     nicm     6006: .Pp
                   6007: .Fl T
                   6008: is a format for the popup title (see
                   6009: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.721     nicm     6010: .Pp
                   6011: The
                   6012: .Fl C
                   6013: flag closes any popup on the client.
1.858     kn       6014: .Tg showphist
1.839     nicm     6015: .It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
                   6016: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   6017: .Xc
1.870     kn       6018: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showphist
1.839     nicm     6019: Display status prompt history for prompt type
                   6020: .Ar prompt-type .
                   6021: If
                   6022: .Fl T
                   6023: is omitted, then show history for all types.
                   6024: See
                   6025: .Ic command-prompt
                   6026: for possible values for
                   6027: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      6028: .El
                   6029: .Sh BUFFERS
                   6030: .Nm
1.392     nicm     6031: maintains a set of named
1.199     nicm     6032: .Em paste buffers .
1.392     nicm     6033: Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
                   6034: Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
                   6035: .Ic set-buffer
                   6036: or
                   6037: .Ic load-buffer
                   6038: commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
                   6039: .Ic set-buffer
                   6040: .Fl n .
                   6041: Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
                   6042: .Ql buffer0001 ,
                   6043: .Ql buffer0002
                   6044: and so on.
                   6045: When the
                   6046: .Ic buffer-limit
                   6047: option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
1.493     nicm     6048: Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
1.57      jmc      6049: .Ic buffer-limit
1.709     nicm     6050: and may be deleted with the
1.392     nicm     6051: .Ic delete-buffer
                   6052: command.
                   6053: .Pp
1.57      jmc      6054: Buffers may be added using
                   6055: .Ic copy-mode
                   6056: or the
                   6057: .Ic set-buffer
1.392     nicm     6058: and
                   6059: .Ic load-buffer
                   6060: commands, and pasted into a window using the
1.57      jmc      6061: .Ic paste-buffer
                   6062: command.
1.392     nicm     6063: If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
                   6064: recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
1.57      jmc      6065: .Pp
                   6066: A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
                   6067: By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
                   6068: .Ic history-limit
                   6069: option (see the
                   6070: .Ic set-option
                   6071: command above).
                   6072: .Pp
                   6073: The buffer commands are as follows:
                   6074: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.178     nicm     6075: .It Xo
                   6076: .Ic choose-buffer
1.682     nicm     6077: .Op Fl NZr
1.572     nicm     6078: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     6079: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     6080: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     6081: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     6082: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.178     nicm     6083: .Op Ar template
                   6084: .Xc
1.555     nicm     6085: Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
                   6086: a list.
1.833     nicm     6087: Each buffer is shown on one line.
                   6088: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   6089: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   6090: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     6091: .Fl Z
                   6092: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     6093: The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
                   6094: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6095: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
1.582     nicm     6096: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
1.555     nicm     6097: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
                   6098: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
1.559     nicm     6099: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
                   6100: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     6101: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
                   6102: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
                   6103: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
1.582     nicm     6104: .It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
                   6105: .It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
1.555     nicm     6106: .It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
                   6107: .It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
1.759     nicm     6108: .It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
1.562     nicm     6109: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     6110: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   6111: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     6112: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     6113: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   6114: .El
                   6115: .Pp
                   6116: After a buffer is chosen,
1.178     nicm     6117: .Ql %%
1.392     nicm     6118: is replaced by the buffer name in
1.178     nicm     6119: .Ar template
                   6120: and the result executed as a command.
                   6121: If
                   6122: .Ar template
                   6123: is not given, "paste-buffer -b '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     6124: .Pp
1.561     nicm     6125: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     6126: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.895     nicm     6127: .Ql time
                   6128: (creation),
1.561     nicm     6129: .Ql name
                   6130: or
                   6131: .Ql size .
1.682     nicm     6132: .Fl r
                   6133: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     6134: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     6135: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   6136: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   6137: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     6138: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     6139: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   6140: .Fl K
                   6141: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     6142: .Fl N
                   6143: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     6144: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       6145: .Tg clearhist
1.893     nicm     6146: .It Xo Ic clear-history
                   6147: .Op Fl H
                   6148: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6149: .Xc
1.870     kn       6150: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearhist
1.57      jmc      6151: Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
1.893     nicm     6152: .Fl H
                   6153: also removes all hyperlinks.
1.858     kn       6154: .Tg deleteb
1.392     nicm     6155: .It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.870     kn       6156: .D1 Pq alias: Ic deleteb
1.392     nicm     6157: Delete the buffer named
                   6158: .Ar buffer-name ,
                   6159: or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
1.858     kn       6160: .Tg lsb
1.294     nicm     6161: .It Xo Ic list-buffers
                   6162: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     6163: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.294     nicm     6164: .Xc
1.870     kn       6165: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsb
1.198     nicm     6166: List the global buffers.
1.294     nicm     6167: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     6168: specifies the format of each line and
                   6169: .Fl f
                   6170: a filter.
                   6171: Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
                   6172: See the
1.294     nicm     6173: .Sx FORMATS
                   6174: section.
1.200     jmc      6175: .It Xo Ic load-buffer
1.794     nicm     6176: .Op Fl w
1.392     nicm     6177: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6178: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      6179: .Ar path
                   6180: .Xc
1.858     kn       6181: .Tg loadb
1.870     kn       6182: .D1 Pq alias: Ic loadb
1.57      jmc      6183: Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
                   6184: .Ar path .
1.794     nicm     6185: If
                   6186: .Fl w
                   6187: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6188: .Ar target-client
                   6189: using the
                   6190: .Xr xterm 1
                   6191: escape sequence, if possible.
1.858     kn       6192: .Tg pasteb
1.57      jmc      6193: .It Xo Ic paste-buffer
1.278     nicm     6194: .Op Fl dpr
1.392     nicm     6195: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.170     nicm     6196: .Op Fl s Ar separator
1.158     nicm     6197: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6198: .Xc
1.870     kn       6199: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pasteb
1.158     nicm     6200: Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
                   6201: If not specified, paste into the current one.
1.57      jmc      6202: With
                   6203: .Fl d ,
1.392     nicm     6204: also delete the paste buffer.
1.57      jmc      6205: When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
1.170     nicm     6206: a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
                   6207: A custom separator may be specified using the
                   6208: .Fl s
                   6209: flag.
                   6210: The
1.57      jmc      6211: .Fl r
1.170     nicm     6212: flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
1.278     nicm     6213: If
                   6214: .Fl p
                   6215: is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
                   6216: buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
1.858     kn       6217: .Tg saveb
1.57      jmc      6218: .It Xo Ic save-buffer
                   6219: .Op Fl a
1.392     nicm     6220: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6221: .Ar path
                   6222: .Xc
1.870     kn       6223: .D1 Pq alias: Ic saveb
1.57      jmc      6224: Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
                   6225: .Ar path .
                   6226: The
                   6227: .Fl a
                   6228: option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
                   6229: .It Xo Ic set-buffer
1.794     nicm     6230: .Op Fl aw
1.392     nicm     6231: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6232: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.858     kn       6233: .Tg setb
1.392     nicm     6234: .Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6235: .Ar data
                   6236: .Xc
1.870     kn       6237: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setb
1.57      jmc      6238: Set the contents of the specified buffer to
                   6239: .Ar data .
1.794     nicm     6240: If
                   6241: .Fl w
                   6242: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6243: .Ar target-client
                   6244: using the
                   6245: .Xr xterm 1
                   6246: escape sequence, if possible.
1.383     nicm     6247: The
                   6248: .Fl a
                   6249: option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
1.392     nicm     6250: The
                   6251: .Fl n
                   6252: option renames the buffer to
                   6253: .Ar new-buffer-name .
1.858     kn       6254: .Tg showb
1.1       nicm     6255: .It Xo Ic show-buffer
1.392     nicm     6256: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.1       nicm     6257: .Xc
1.870     kn       6258: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showb
1.1       nicm     6259: Display the contents of the specified buffer.
1.57      jmc      6260: .El
                   6261: .Sh MISCELLANEOUS
                   6262: Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
                   6263: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.72      nicm     6264: .It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6265: Display a large clock.
1.858     kn       6266: .Tg if
1.334     nicm     6267: .It Xo Ic if-shell
1.410     nicm     6268: .Op Fl bF
1.334     nicm     6269: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6270: .Ar shell-command command
                   6271: .Op Ar command
                   6272: .Xc
1.870     kn       6273: .D1 Pq alias: Ic if
1.251     nicm     6274: Execute the first
1.57      jmc      6275: .Ar command
                   6276: if
                   6277: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6278: (run with
                   6279: .Pa /bin/sh )
1.251     nicm     6280: returns success or the second
                   6281: .Ar command
                   6282: otherwise.
1.410     nicm     6283: Before being executed,
                   6284: .Ar shell-command
                   6285: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6286: .Sx FORMATS
                   6287: section, including those relevant to
                   6288: .Ar target-pane .
1.335     nicm     6289: With
                   6290: .Fl b ,
                   6291: .Ar shell-command
                   6292: is run in the background.
1.410     nicm     6293: .Pp
                   6294: If
                   6295: .Fl F
                   6296: is given,
                   6297: .Ar shell-command
                   6298: is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
                   6299: are expanded).
1.858     kn       6300: .Tg lock
1.57      jmc      6301: .It Ic lock-server
1.870     kn       6302: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lock
1.90      nicm     6303: Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
                   6304: .Ic lock-command
                   6305: option.
1.858     kn       6306: .Tg run
1.308     nicm     6307: .It Xo Ic run-shell
1.809     nicm     6308: .Op Fl bC
1.717     nicm     6309: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.308     nicm     6310: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.718     nicm     6311: .Op Ar shell-command
1.308     nicm     6312: .Xc
1.870     kn       6313: .D1 Pq alias: Ic run
1.87      nicm     6314: Execute
1.153     nicm     6315: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6316: using
                   6317: .Pa /bin/sh
1.809     nicm     6318: or (with
                   6319: .Fl C )
                   6320: a
                   6321: .Nm
                   6322: command in the background without creating a window.
                   6323: Before being executed,
                   6324: .Ar shell-command
                   6325: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6326: .Sx FORMATS
                   6327: section.
1.335     nicm     6328: With
                   6329: .Fl b ,
                   6330: the command is run in the background.
1.717     nicm     6331: .Fl d
                   6332: waits for
                   6333: .Ar delay
                   6334: seconds before starting the command.
1.809     nicm     6335: If
                   6336: .Fl C
                   6337: is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
                   6338: specified by
1.308     nicm     6339: .Fl t
1.809     nicm     6340: or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
                   6341: If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
1.858     kn       6342: .Tg wait
1.342     nicm     6343: .It Xo Ic wait-for
1.370     nicm     6344: .Op Fl L | S | U
1.342     nicm     6345: .Ar channel
                   6346: .Xc
1.870     kn       6347: .D1 Pq alias: Ic wait
1.343     nicm     6348: When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
1.342     nicm     6349: .Ic wait-for
                   6350: .Fl S
                   6351: with the same channel.
1.343     nicm     6352: When
                   6353: .Fl L
                   6354: is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
                   6355: channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
                   6356: .Ic wait-for
                   6357: .Fl U .
1.703     nicm     6358: .El
                   6359: .Sh EXIT MESSAGES
                   6360: When a
                   6361: .Nm
                   6362: client detaches, it prints a message.
                   6363: This may be one of:
                   6364: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.780     nicm     6365: .It detached (from session ...)
1.703     nicm     6366: The client was detached normally.
1.780     nicm     6367: .It detached and SIGHUP
1.703     nicm     6368: The client was detached and its parent sent the
                   6369: .Dv SIGHUP
                   6370: signal (for example with
                   6371: .Ic detach-client
                   6372: .Fl P ) .
1.780     nicm     6373: .It lost tty
1.703     nicm     6374: The client's
                   6375: .Xr tty 4
                   6376: or
                   6377: .Xr pty 4
                   6378: was unexpectedly destroyed.
1.780     nicm     6379: .It terminated
1.703     nicm     6380: The client was killed with
                   6381: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6382: .It too far behind
                   6383: The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
                   6384: .Nm .
                   6385: .It exited
1.703     nicm     6386: The server exited when it had no sessions.
1.780     nicm     6387: .It server exited
1.703     nicm     6388: The server exited when it received
                   6389: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6390: .It server exited unexpectedly
1.703     nicm     6391: The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
1.228     nicm     6392: .El
                   6393: .Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   6394: .Nm
1.478     nicm     6395: understands some unofficial extensions to
1.746     nicm     6396: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.744     nicm     6397: It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
                   6398: .Ic terminal-features
                   6399: option should be used.
1.228     nicm     6400: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.756     nicm     6401: .It Em \&AX
                   6402: An existing extension that tells
                   6403: .Nm
                   6404: the terminal supports default colours.
1.818     nicm     6405: .It Em \&Bidi
                   6406: Tell
                   6407: .Nm
                   6408: that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
1.739     nicm     6409: .It Em \&Cs , Cr
1.233     nicm     6410: Set the cursor colour.
1.232     jmc      6411: The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
                   6412: the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
                   6413: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6414: to change the cursor colour from inside
                   6415: .Nm :
                   6416: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6417: $ printf '\e033]12;red\e033\e\e'
                   6418: .Ed
1.872     nicm     6419: .Pp
                   6420: The colour is an
                   6421: .Xr X 7
                   6422: colour, see
                   6423: .Xr XParseColor 3 .
1.753     nicm     6424: .It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
                   6425: Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
1.756     nicm     6426: These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
                   6427: .Em VT420
                   6428: compatible.
1.755     nicm     6429: .It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
                   6430: Disable and enable bracketed paste.
1.756     nicm     6431: These are set automatically if the
                   6432: .Em XT
                   6433: capability is present.
1.772     nicm     6434: .It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
                   6435: Disable and enable extended keys.
1.756     nicm     6436: .It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
                   6437: Disable and enable focus reporting.
                   6438: These are set automatically if the
                   6439: .Em XT
                   6440: capability is present.
1.893     nicm     6441: .It Em \&Hls
                   6442: Set or clear a hyperlink annotation.
1.898     nicm     6443: .It Em \&Nobr
                   6444: Tell
                   6445: .Nm
                   6446: that the terminal does not use bright colors for bold display.
1.837     nicm     6447: .It Em \&Rect
                   6448: Tell
                   6449: .Nm
                   6450: that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
1.649     nicm     6451: .It Em \&Smol
                   6452: Enable the overline attribute.
1.611     nicm     6453: .It Em \&Smulx
1.672     nicm     6454: Set a styled underscore.
                   6455: The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
                   6456: underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
                   6457: underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
1.797     nicm     6458: .It Em \&Setulc , \&ol
                   6459: Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
1.672     nicm     6460: The argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
                   6461: and 255.
1.361     jmc      6462: .It Em \&Ss , Se
1.403     nicm     6463: Set or reset the cursor style.
1.232     jmc      6464: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6465: to change the cursor to an underline:
1.230     nicm     6466: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6467: $ printf '\e033[4 q'
                   6468: .Ed
                   6469: .Pp
                   6470: If
1.403     nicm     6471: .Em Se
                   6472: is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
1.885     nicm     6473: .It Em \&Swd
                   6474: Set the opening sequence for the working directory notification.
                   6475: The sequence is terminated using the standard
                   6476: .Em fsl
                   6477: capability.
1.741     nicm     6478: .It Em \&Sync
1.745     nicm     6479: Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
1.478     nicm     6480: .It Em \&Tc
                   6481: Indicate that the terminal supports the
                   6482: .Ql direct colour
                   6483: RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
1.518     nicm     6484: .Pp
1.612     nicm     6485: If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
1.518     nicm     6486: may be enabled by adding the
                   6487: .Ql initc
                   6488: and
                   6489: .Ql ccc
                   6490: capabilities to the
                   6491: .Nm
                   6492: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6493: entry).
1.739     nicm     6494: .Pp
                   6495: This is equivalent to the
                   6496: .Em RGB
                   6497: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6498: capability.
1.232     jmc      6499: .It Em \&Ms
1.478     nicm     6500: Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
1.232     jmc      6501: See the
                   6502: .Em set-clipboard
                   6503: option above and the
                   6504: .Xr xterm 1
                   6505: man page.
1.756     nicm     6506: .It Em \&XT
                   6507: This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
                   6508: terminal supports the
                   6509: .Xr xterm 1
                   6510: title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
1.345     nicm     6511: .El
                   6512: .Sh CONTROL MODE
                   6513: .Nm
                   6514: offers a textual interface called
                   6515: .Em control mode .
                   6516: This allows applications to communicate with
                   6517: .Nm
                   6518: using a simple text-only protocol.
                   6519: .Pp
                   6520: In control mode, a client sends
                   6521: .Nm
                   6522: commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
                   6523: Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
                   6524: An output block consists of a
                   6525: .Em %begin
                   6526: line followed by the output (which may be empty).
                   6527: The output block ends with a
                   6528: .Em %end
                   6529: or
                   6530: .Em %error .
                   6531: .Em %begin
                   6532: and matching
                   6533: .Em %end
                   6534: or
                   6535: .Em %error
1.835     nicm     6536: have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number and
                   6537: flags (currently not used).
1.345     nicm     6538: For example:
                   6539: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.835     nicm     6540: %begin 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6541: 0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
1.835     nicm     6542: %end 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6543: .Ed
1.535     nicm     6544: .Pp
                   6545: The
                   6546: .Ic refresh-client
                   6547: .Fl C
                   6548: command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
1.345     nicm     6549: .Pp
                   6550: In control mode,
                   6551: .Nm
                   6552: outputs notifications.
                   6553: A notification will never occur inside an output block.
                   6554: .Pp
                   6555: The following notifications are defined:
                   6556: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.830     nicm     6557: .It Ic %client-detached Ar client
                   6558: The client has detached.
1.750     jmc      6559: .It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
1.547     nicm     6560: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6561: .Ar session-id ,
                   6562: which is named
                   6563: .Ar name .
1.892     nicm     6564: .It Ic %config-error Ar error
                   6565: An error has happened in a configuration file.
1.778     nicm     6566: .It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
                   6567: The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
                   6568: .Ar pause-after
                   6569: flag is set, see
                   6570: .Ic refresh-client
                   6571: .Fl A ) .
1.345     nicm     6572: .It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
                   6573: The
                   6574: .Nm
                   6575: client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
                   6576: or an error occurred.
                   6577: If present,
                   6578: .Ar reason
                   6579: describes why the client exited.
1.788     nicm     6580: .It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
1.779     nicm     6581: New form of
                   6582: .Ic %output
                   6583: sent when the
                   6584: .Ar pause-after
                   6585: flag is set.
                   6586: .Ar age
                   6587: is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it was sent.
                   6588: Any subsequent arguments up until a single
                   6589: .Ql \&:
                   6590: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.460     nicm     6591: .It Ic %layout-change Ar window-id Ar window-layout Ar window-visible-layout Ar window-flags
1.345     nicm     6592: The layout of a window with ID
                   6593: .Ar window-id
                   6594: changed.
                   6595: The new layout is
                   6596: .Ar window-layout .
1.460     nicm     6597: The window's visible layout is
                   6598: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6599: and the window flags are
                   6600: .Ar window-flags .
1.347     nicm     6601: .It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
                   6602: A window pane produced output.
1.345     nicm     6603: .Ar value
1.350     nicm     6604: escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
1.547     nicm     6605: .It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
                   6606: The pane with ID
                   6607: .Ar pane-id
                   6608: has changed mode.
1.899     nicm     6609: .It Ic %paste-buffer-changed Ar name
                   6610: Paste buffer
                   6611: .Ar name
                   6612: has been changed.
1.778     nicm     6613: .It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
                   6614: The pane has been paused (if the
                   6615: .Ar pause-after
                   6616: flag is set).
1.345     nicm     6617: .It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
                   6618: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6619: .Ar session-id ,
                   6620: which is named
                   6621: .Ar name .
                   6622: .It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
                   6623: The current session was renamed to
                   6624: .Ar name .
1.547     nicm     6625: .It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
                   6626: The session with ID
                   6627: .Ar session-id
                   6628: changed its active window to the window with ID
                   6629: .Ar window-id .
1.345     nicm     6630: .It Ic %sessions-changed
                   6631: A session was created or destroyed.
1.788     nicm     6632: .It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
                   6633: .Ar name
                   6634: .Ar session-id
                   6635: .Ar window-id
                   6636: .Ar window-index
                   6637: .Ar pane-id ... \&  :
                   6638: .Ar value
                   6639: .Xc
                   6640: The value of the format associated with subscription
                   6641: .Ar name
                   6642: has changed to
                   6643: .Ar value .
                   6644: See
                   6645: .Ic refresh-client
                   6646: .Fl B .
                   6647: Any arguments after
                   6648: .Ar pane-id
                   6649: up until a single
                   6650: .Ql \&:
                   6651: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.345     nicm     6652: .It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
                   6653: The window with ID
                   6654: .Ar window-id
                   6655: was created but is not linked to the current session.
1.873     nicm     6656: .It Ic %unlinked-window-close Ar window-id
                   6657: The window with ID
                   6658: .Ar window-id ,
                   6659: which is not linked to the current session, was closed.
                   6660: .It Ic %unlinked-window-renamed Ar window-id
                   6661: The window with ID
                   6662: .Ar window-id ,
                   6663: which is not linked to the current session, was renamed.
1.345     nicm     6664: .It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
                   6665: The window with ID
                   6666: .Ar window-id
                   6667: was linked to the current session.
                   6668: .It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
                   6669: The window with ID
                   6670: .Ar window-id
                   6671: closed.
1.547     nicm     6672: .It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
                   6673: The active pane in the window with ID
                   6674: .Ar window-id
                   6675: changed to the pane with ID
                   6676: .Ar pane-id .
1.345     nicm     6677: .It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
                   6678: The window with ID
                   6679: .Ar window-id
                   6680: was renamed to
                   6681: .Ar name .
1.644     schwarze 6682: .El
                   6683: .Sh ENVIRONMENT
                   6684: When
                   6685: .Nm
                   6686: is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
                   6687: .Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
                   6688: .It Ev EDITOR
                   6689: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6690: .Ql vi
                   6691: and
                   6692: .Ev VISUAL
                   6693: is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
                   6694: Overridden by the
                   6695: .Ic mode-keys
                   6696: and
                   6697: .Ic status-keys
                   6698: options.
                   6699: .It Ev HOME
                   6700: The user's login directory.
                   6701: If unset, the
                   6702: .Xr passwd 5
                   6703: database is consulted.
                   6704: .It Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6705: The character encoding
                   6706: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6707: It is used for two separate purposes.
                   6708: For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
                   6709: .Fl u
                   6710: option is given or if
                   6711: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6712: contains
                   6713: .Qq UTF-8
                   6714: or
                   6715: .Qq UTF8 .
                   6716: Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
                   6717: are replaced with underscores
                   6718: .Pq Ql _ .
                   6719: For input,
                   6720: .Nm
                   6721: always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
1.886     naddy    6722: If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and
1.644     schwarze 6723: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6724: is ignored for input.
                   6725: Otherwise,
                   6726: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6727: tells
                   6728: .Nm
                   6729: what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
                   6730: If the locale specified by
                   6731: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6732: is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
                   6733: .Nm
                   6734: exits with an error message.
                   6735: .It Ev LC_TIME
                   6736: The date and time format
                   6737: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6738: It is used for locale-dependent
                   6739: .Xr strftime 3
                   6740: format specifiers.
                   6741: .It Ev PWD
                   6742: The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
                   6743: This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
                   6744: If the value of the variable does not match the current working
                   6745: directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
                   6746: .Xr getcwd 3
                   6747: is used instead.
                   6748: .It Ev SHELL
                   6749: The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
                   6750: See the
                   6751: .Ic default-shell
                   6752: option for details.
                   6753: .It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                   6754: The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
                   6755: See the
                   6756: .Fl L
                   6757: option for details.
                   6758: .It Ev VISUAL
                   6759: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6760: .Ql vi ,
                   6761: use vi-style key bindings.
                   6762: Overridden by the
                   6763: .Ic mode-keys
                   6764: and
                   6765: .Ic status-keys
                   6766: options.
1.1       nicm     6767: .El
                   6768: .Sh FILES
1.26      nicm     6769: .Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
1.1       nicm     6770: .It Pa ~/.tmux.conf
1.6       jmc      6771: Default
1.1       nicm     6772: .Nm
1.6       jmc      6773: configuration file.
1.26      nicm     6774: .It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
                   6775: System-wide configuration file.
1.1       nicm     6776: .El
1.57      jmc      6777: .Sh EXAMPLES
                   6778: To create a new
                   6779: .Nm
                   6780: session running
                   6781: .Xr vi 1 :
                   6782: .Pp
                   6783: .Dl $ tmux new-session vi
                   6784: .Pp
                   6785: Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
                   6786: For new-session, this is
                   6787: .Ic new :
                   6788: .Pp
                   6789: .Dl $ tmux new vi
                   6790: .Pp
                   6791: Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
                   6792: If there are several options, they are listed:
                   6793: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6794: $ tmux n
                   6795: ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
                   6796: .Ed
                   6797: .Pp
                   6798: Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
                   6799: .Ql C-b c
                   6800: (Ctrl
                   6801: followed by the
                   6802: .Ql b
                   6803: key
                   6804: followed by the
                   6805: .Ql c
                   6806: key).
                   6807: .Pp
                   6808: Windows may be navigated with:
                   6809: .Ql C-b 0
                   6810: (to select window 0),
                   6811: .Ql C-b 1
                   6812: (to select window 1), and so on;
                   6813: .Ql C-b n
                   6814: to select the next window; and
                   6815: .Ql C-b p
                   6816: to select the previous window.
                   6817: .Pp
                   6818: A session may be detached using
                   6819: .Ql C-b d
1.64      nicm     6820: (or by an external event such as
                   6821: .Xr ssh 1
                   6822: disconnection) and reattached with:
1.57      jmc      6823: .Pp
                   6824: .Dl $ tmux attach-session
                   6825: .Pp
                   6826: Typing
                   6827: .Ql C-b \&?
                   6828: lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
                   6829: to navigate the list or
                   6830: .Ql q
                   6831: to exit from it.
                   6832: .Pp
                   6833: Commands to be run when the
                   6834: .Nm
                   6835: server is started may be placed in the
                   6836: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                   6837: configuration file.
                   6838: Common examples include:
                   6839: .Pp
                   6840: Changing the default prefix key:
                   6841: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6842: set-option -g prefix C-a
                   6843: unbind-key C-b
                   6844: bind-key C-a send-prefix
                   6845: .Ed
                   6846: .Pp
                   6847: Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
                   6848: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6849: set-option -g status off
1.378     nicm     6850: set-option -g status-style bg=blue
1.57      jmc      6851: .Ed
                   6852: .Pp
                   6853: Setting other options, such as the default command,
                   6854: or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
                   6855: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6856: set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
                   6857: set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
                   6858: .Ed
                   6859: .Pp
                   6860: Creating new key bindings:
                   6861: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6862: bind-key b set-option status
                   6863: bind-key / command-prompt "split-window 'exec man %%'"
1.73      nicm     6864: bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 'ssh %1'"
1.57      jmc      6865: .Ed
1.1       nicm     6866: .Sh SEE ALSO
                   6867: .Xr pty 4
                   6868: .Sh AUTHORS
1.477     nicm     6869: .An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com